You are on page 1of 288



Paralleling gen-set controller

SW version 2.1, July 2015

Reference Guide

Copyright ©2015 ComAp a.s.

ComAp a.s.
Kundratka 17, 180 00 Praha 8, Czech Republic
Tel: +420 246 012 111, Fax: +420 266 316 647
E-mail:info@comap.cz, www.comap.cz

Table of contents
1 Document information ................................................................................................................... 7
1.1 Clarification of notation ............................................................................................................... 8
1.2 Conformity Declaration ............................................................................................................... 8
2 System overview ............................................................................................................................ 9
2.1 General description .................................................................................................................... 9
2.2 Configurability and monitoring .................................................................................................... 9
2.2.1 LiteEdit ............................................................................................................................. 10
2.2.2 InteliMonitor ..................................................................................................................... 11
2.2.3 WinScope......................................................................................................................... 11
2.2.4 WebSupervisor ................................................................................................................ 11
2.3 Applications overview ............................................................................................................... 12
2.3.1 Single applications ........................................................................................................... 12
2.3.2 Multiple applications ........................................................................................................ 12
2.4 True RMS measurement .......................................................................................................... 13
3 Installation .................................................................................................................................... 14
3.1 Mounting ................................................................................................................................... 14
3.2 Package contents ..................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................................... 15
3.4 Terminal diagram ...................................................................................................................... 16
3.5 General ..................................................................................................................................... 16
3.6 Wiring........................................................................................................................................ 17
3.7 Grounding ................................................................................................................................. 17
3.8 Power supply ............................................................................................................................ 17
3.8.1 Power supply fusing ......................................................................................................... 19
3.9 Voltage and current inputs ....................................................................................................... 19
3.10 Speed measurement ................................................................................................................ 21
3.10.1 Pickup .............................................................................................................................. 21
3.10.2 Generator frequency ........................................................................................................ 22
3.10.3 Additional running engine indication ................................................................................ 22
3.11 Binary inputs ............................................................................................................................. 23
3.12 Binary outputs ........................................................................................................................... 23
3.13 Analog inputs ............................................................................................................................ 24
3.13.1 Tristate inputs .................................................................................................................. 25
3.14 Circuit breakers ........................................................................................................................ 26
3.14.1 Breaker control outputs .................................................................................................... 26
3.14.2 MCB special requirements ............................................................................................... 27
3.15 AVR interface ........................................................................................................................... 27
3.15.1 IG-AVRi ............................................................................................................................ 27
3.15.2 AVR list ............................................................................................................................ 30
3.16 Speed governor interface ......................................................................................................... 42
3.16.1 Speed governor list .......................................................................................................... 43
3.17 CAN bus wiring ......................................................................................................................... 50
3.18 Recommended CAN/RS485 connection .................................................................................. 51
3.18.1 CAN bus connection ........................................................................................................ 51
3.18.2 RS485 connection ........................................................................................................... 51
3.19 Extension modules ................................................................................................................... 53
3.19.1 IGS-PTM .......................................................................................................................... 53
3.19.2 IGL-RA15 remote annunciator ......................................................................................... 54
3.19.3 IL-NT-AOUT8 ................................................................................................................... 55
3.19.4 IL-NT BIO8 ....................................................................................................................... 55
3.19.5 IC-NT CT-BIO7 ................................................................................................................ 57
3.20 Communication modules .......................................................................................................... 59
3.20.1 IL-NT RS232 .................................................................................................................... 59
3.20.2 IL-NT RS232-485 ............................................................................................................. 60
3.20.3 IL-NT S-USB .................................................................................................................... 60

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 2

3.20.4 IB-Lite ............................................................................................................................... 61
3.20.5 IL-NT GPRS ..................................................................................................................... 62
3.20.6 InternetBridge-NT ............................................................................................................ 64
3.21 EFI engines .............................................................................................................................. 65
3.21.1 Differences between a classic and EFI-engine application ............................................. 65
3.22 Typical wiring – EFI engine ...................................................................................................... 68
3.23 Typical wiring – classic engine ................................................................................................. 69
3.24 Emergency Stop ....................................................................................................................... 71
4 Putting it into operation ............................................................................................................... 72
4.1 Programming the configuration ................................................................................................ 72
4.2 Programming the firmware ....................................................................................................... 72
4.3 Programming a non-responsive controller ............................................................................... 73
4.5 Factory default configuration .................................................................................................... 74
4.5.1 SPtM ................................................................................................................................ 74
4.5.2 MINT ................................................................................................................................ 75
4.6 Step-by-step guide ................................................................................................................... 76
5 Operator guide.............................................................................................................................. 78
5.1 Front panel elements ................................................................................................................ 78
5.2 User interface modes ............................................................................................................... 80
5.3 Display screens and pages structure ....................................................................................... 80
5.4 View measured values ............................................................................................................. 82
5.5 Setpoints – view and change ................................................................................................... 82
5.6 Browsing the history log ........................................................................................................... 83
5.7 Browsing alarms ....................................................................................................................... 84
5.8 Entering the password .............................................................................................................. 85
5.9 Controller information screen ................................................................................................... 85
5.10 Controller language selection ................................................................................................... 87
5.11 User interface mode selection .................................................................................................. 87
5.12 Display contrast adjustment ..................................................................................................... 87
6 Function description .................................................................................................................... 88
6.1 Island operation flowchart ........................................................................................................ 88
6.2 Parallel operation flowchart ...................................................................................................... 89
6.3 Operating modes ...................................................................................................................... 90
6.3.1 OFF .................................................................................................................................. 90
6.3.2 MAN ................................................................................................................................. 90
6.3.3 AUT .................................................................................................................................. 91
6.3.4 TEST ................................................................................................................................ 91
6.4 Engine start .............................................................................................................................. 92
6.4.1 Diesel engine ................................................................................................................... 92
6.4.2 Gas engine....................................................................................................................... 94
6.5 Stabilization .............................................................................................................................. 96
6.6 Connecting to the load.............................................................................................................. 96
6.6.1 Connecting to dead bus ................................................................................................... 97
6.6.2 Synchronizing .................................................................................................................. 97
6.7 Parallel to mains operation – SPtM .......................................................................................... 98
6.7.1 Ramping the power up ..................................................................................................... 98
6.7.2 Load control ..................................................................................................................... 98
6.7.3 Power factor control ......................................................................................................... 98
6.7.4 Object load dependent auto start .................................................................................... 99
6.7.5 Ramping the power down ................................................................................................ 99
6.7.6 Peak load shaving ........................................................................................................... 99
6.7.7 Export Limit ...................................................................................................................... 99
6.8 Parallel to mains operation – MINT ........................................................................................ 102
6.8.1 Ramping the power up ................................................................................................... 102
6.8.2 Load control modes ....................................................................................................... 102
6.8.3 Power factor control ....................................................................................................... 102
6.8.4 Ramping the power down .............................................................................................. 102
6.9 Island operation – SPtM ......................................................................................................... 102
6.9.1 Island to PtM transfers ................................................................................................... 103

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 3

6.10 Island operation – MINT ......................................................................................................... 103
6.11 Power management ............................................................................................................... 104
6.11.1 The concept ................................................................................................................... 104
6.11.2 Basics ............................................................................................................................ 104
6.11.3 Reserves, minimal running power ................................................................................. 105
6.11.4 Priorities ......................................................................................................................... 105
6.11.5 Load Demand Start/Stop ............................................................................................... 106
6.11.6 Reaction to alarms ......................................................................................................... 108
6.11.7 Related binary inputs ..................................................................................................... 108
6.11.8 Related binary outputs ................................................................................................... 109
6.11.9 Load Demand Swap ...................................................................................................... 109
6.11.10 Related binary inputs ..................................................................................................... 110
6.11.11 Related binary outputs ................................................................................................... 110
6.11.12 “How to” examples: ........................................................................................................ 110
6.11.13 Related setpoints and values......................................................................................... 111
6.12 AMF function .......................................................................................................................... 111
6.12.1 Mains failure detection ................................................................................................... 111
6.12.2 Healthy mains detection ................................................................................................ 112
6.12.3 The AMF procedure ....................................................................................................... 112
6.13 Engine cool down and stop .................................................................................................... 112
6.13.1 Stopped gen-set evaluation ........................................................................................... 113
6.14 Alarm management ................................................................................................................ 113
6.14.1 Alarm handling ............................................................................................................... 114
6.14.2 Alarm states ................................................................................................................... 114
6.14.3 Alarm types – Yellow level ............................................................................................. 115
6.14.4 Alarm types – Red level ................................................................................................. 115
6.14.5 Sensor fail detection (FLS) ............................................................................................ 115
6.14.6 Remote alarm messaging .............................................................................................. 116
6.14.7 Alarmlist ......................................................................................................................... 117
6.14.8 ECU Alarmlist................................................................................................................. 117
6.14.9 Built-in alarms ................................................................................................................ 118
6.15 History log ............................................................................................................................... 118
6.16 Exercise timers ....................................................................................................................... 121
6.16.1 MINT .............................................................................................................................. 122
6.16.2 SPtM .............................................................................................................................. 122
6.17 Analog switches ...................................................................................................................... 122
6.18 Power switch .......................................................................................................................... 123
6.19 Regulation loops ..................................................................................................................... 123
6.19.1 SPtM .............................................................................................................................. 123
6.19.2 MINT .............................................................................................................................. 124
6.19.3 Regulation control loops overview ................................................................................. 125
6.19.4 PI regulation adjustment ................................................................................................ 125
7 Setpoints ..................................................................................................................................... 127
7.1 Password protection ............................................................................................................... 127
7.2 Setpoint synchronization ........................................................................................................ 127
7.3 Setpoint groups ...................................................................................................................... 127
7.3.1 Setpoints – Process Control .......................................................................................... 128
7.3.2 Setpoints – Basic Settings ............................................................................................. 128
7.3.3 Setpoints – Comms Settings ......................................................................................... 128
7.3.4 Setpoints – Engine Params ........................................................................................... 129
7.3.5 Setpoints – Engine Protect ............................................................................................ 129
7.3.6 Setpoints – Gener Protect ............................................................................................. 129
7.3.7 Setpoints – Pwr Management ........................................................................................ 130
7.3.8 Setpoints – AMF Settings .............................................................................................. 130
7.3.9 Setpoints – Sync/Load Ctrl ............................................................................................ 131
7.3.10 Setpoints – Volt/PF Control ........................................................................................... 131
7.3.11 Setpoints – ExtI/O Protect ............................................................................................. 131
7.3.12 Setpoints – SMS/E-Mail ................................................................................................. 131
7.3.13 Setpoints – AnalogSwitches .......................................................................................... 132
7.3.14 Setpoints – Date/Time ................................................................................................... 132

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 4

7.3.15 Setpoints – Sensors Spec ............................................................................................. 132
8 Values .......................................................................................................................................... 133
8.1 Invalid flag .............................................................................................................................. 133
8.2 Value groups .......................................................................................................................... 133
8.2.1 Values – Engine ............................................................................................................. 133
8.2.2 Values – Generator ........................................................................................................ 134
8.2.3 Values – Mains .............................................................................................................. 134
8.2.4 Values – Bus .................................................................................................................. 135
8.2.5 Values – Pwr Management ............................................................................................ 135
8.2.6 Values – Controller I/O .................................................................................................. 135
8.2.7 Values – Extension I/O .................................................................................................. 135
8.2.8 Values – Statistics ......................................................................................................... 136
8.2.9 Values – Date/Time ....................................................................................................... 136
8.2.10 Values – Info .................................................................................................................. 136
9 Binary input functions ............................................................................................................... 137
9.1 Common functions .................................................................................................................. 137
9.2 MINT specific .......................................................................................................................... 137
9.3 SPtM specific .......................................................................................................................... 137
10 Binary output functions ....................................................................................................... 138
10.1 Common functions .................................................................................................................. 138
10.2 ECU info ................................................................................................................................. 138
10.3 Alarm mirrors .......................................................................................................................... 139
10.4 MINT specific .......................................................................................................................... 140
10.5 SPtM specific .......................................................................................................................... 140
11 Communication .................................................................................................................... 141
11.1 Direct cable connection .......................................................................................................... 141
11.2 Modem connection ................................................................................................................. 142
11.2.1 Recommended GSM modems ...................................................................................... 142
11.2.2 Modem setup procedure ................................................................................................ 143
11.3 Internet connection ................................................................................................................. 143
11.3.1 SPtM .............................................................................................................................. 143
11.3.2 MINT .............................................................................................................................. 144
11.3.3 Using a web browser ..................................................................................................... 145
11.3.4 IB-Lite setup procedure ................................................................................................. 145
11.3.5 System integration ......................................................................................................... 146
11.3.6 InternetBridge-NT setup procedure ............................................................................... 146
11.3.7 IG-IB setup procedure ................................................................................................... 146
11.3.8 SNMP ............................................................................................................................. 146
11.3.9 AirGate ........................................................................................................................... 146
11.3.10 Locate ............................................................................................................................ 146
11.4 Modbus protocol ..................................................................................................................... 147
11.5 IC-NT-RD Remote display software ....................................................................................... 148
12 Maintenance .......................................................................................................................... 149
12.1 Backup battery replacement ................................................................................................... 149
13 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 151
14 Technical data ....................................................................................................................... 154
14.1 Power supply .......................................................................................................................... 154
14.2 Operating conditions............................................................................................................... 154
14.3 Physical dimensions ............................................................................................................... 154
14.4 Standard conformity ............................................................................................................... 154
14.5 Binary inputs ........................................................................................................................... 155
14.6 Binary outputs ......................................................................................................................... 155
14.7 Analog inputs .......................................................................................................................... 155
14.8 Generator/Mains measurements ............................................................................................ 155
14.9 Pickup input ............................................................................................................................ 156
14.10 Charging alternator pre-excitation circuit ................................................................................ 156
14.11 AVR output ............................................................................................................................. 156

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 5

...............11.....8 Group: Statistics............3............................................................. 246 16...................................................................7 Group: Extension I/O .... 218 16................2 MINT specific ..................................................................................................4............2..................................1 Group: Engine .....................4..................................................1..............................................................................................................................4.............................14 Extension modules interface .........................................................2...1..............5 Group: Engine Protect ...........................1 Recommended CAN cables ..................... 252 16........................................................................11.......................................................................... 158 15 Language support ...4................9 Group: Date/Time .......................................................................1..............5 SPtM specific ..... 239 16....2.......................................................6 Group: Controller I/O ................................................................................................................... 272 16............3 SPtM specific ..........pdf................................ 262 16...............1......10 Group: Info ................................................................................................................................ 211 16............15 Interface to other controllers .........................................................................1................15 Group: Sensors Spec .....................................................................................2 IG-AVRi Trans/LV .....................................1..............................................................................................5 Table of internal alarms ......1............................ 156 14............................ 188 16.........................................................................1 Common functions .....................................................3 Group: Comms Settings ...........................................2 ECU info................... 164 16..5 Group: Pwr Management ......................................................................................... 235 16.................2................ 157 14................... 208 16..........................................................1-Reference Guide......................9 Group: Sync/Load Ctrl ....................1.2..................................................12 Group: SMS/E-Mail .....................................1 Group: Process Control .................................................................... 156 14................................................................. 160 16........ 274 NT InteliCompact ......................... 252 16.............................................................................................. 260 16....................... 209 16.............. ©ComAp – May 2015 6 ...........2.............................1.13 Remote communication interface .............................1 InteliCompact-NT-2...........................................12 Governor output .........1..........2..................1 Common functions ..........2........................................ 14...........................2..........................8 Group: AMF Settings .....15..........................3 Group: Mains ......... 195 16.......... 157 14.....1..................................................... 174 16...... 179 16............................................ 246 16....................................1............................... 243 16..........1..... 233 16.2 Group: Basic Settings ....................................................................2 Table of values ................................................................................................................................................ 199 16............................................... 231 16............................................ 204 16............................ 157 14............................4..............................6 Group: Gener Protect ...............1.................................................4 Group: Engine Params ..............................................10 Group: Volt/PF Ctrl ...................................1 Table of setpoints ............2 Group: Generator ................................ 218 16.....................................................................................................................................................1 IG-AVRi module ...........................4 MINT specific .................................................................................3............ 160 16.................... 250 16...................................................................................7 Group: Pwr Management ..............................3 IG-AVRi Trans/100 ........................11 Group: ExtI/O Protect ..........................................2............................................ 183 16................................4 Table of binary output functions ............... 215 16..................... 205 16...................................................................................11..........................................................................3 Table of binary input functions ...........................13 Group: AnalogSwitches ......................... 168 16............... 159 16 Appendix .............................................................14 Group: Date/Time ................................... 273 16.......................................................................................... 241 16................ 160 16.......................... 251 16...............3 Alarm mirrors ..... 221 16................................... 157 14..........1........................................................................................................ SW version 2........................................................ 244 16............................ 227 16..........................................3........................................ 157 14...................................................................................................................................................4 Group: Bus ........................................................

e-mail: info@comap.cz DOCUMENT HISTORY REVISION NUMBER RELATED SW. values or configuration window will open the help with the context of currently selected setpoint.03.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Praha 8.2013 7 2.1 28.2011 6 1.4 06.2 22. value and binary input or output function.2008 2 1.2 11.COMAP.s.4.1 25. VERSION DATE 1 1. fax: +420266316647 Web: HTTP://WWW.2.05. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2.0 30.1-Reference Guide.pdf.10.2009 3 1.2015 This documentation is also available in electronic form as a Windows help file InteliCompact-NT. Revised by: Jan Donat.2010 5 1. ©ComAp – May 2015 7 .2009 4 1. Pressing F1 in the LiteEdit setpoint.0 30.3.05.07. Kundratka 17. Jan Podlipny ©2013 ComAp a.11.chm. The help can be opened from Windows Explorer or directly from NT the LiteEdit menu bar (if a connection is established to an InteliCompact controller).1 Document information InteliCompact-NT® – Reference guide Written by: Jan Tomandl.1 16.2014 8 2. Czech Republic Phone: +420246012111.03.CZ.

2 Conformity Declaration The following described machine complies with the appropriate basic safety and health requirement of the EC Low Voltage Directive No: 73/23 / EEC and EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336 / EEC based on its design and type. adjustments.1 Clarification of notation HINT This type of paragraph points out details to help user installation/configuration.1-Reference Guide.1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 1. as brought into circulation by us. SW version 2. adjustment. procedures. NOTE: This type of paragraph calls readers’ attention to a notice or related theme. ©ComAp – May 2015 8 . which may cause damage or improper functioning of the equipment if not carried out correctly and may not be clear at first sight. WARNING! This type of paragraph indicates things. otherwise personal injury or death may occur. NT InteliCompact .pdf. which demand a high level of attention. etc. etc. CAUTION! This type of paragraph highlights a procedure.

Selection of peripheral modules which are connected to the controller and doing the same as the above for them 6. A modular construction allows upgrades to different levels of complexity in order to provide the best solution for various customer applications. Assigning control values and output characteristics to analog outputs 5. WebSupervisor – web-based system for monitoring and controlling o WebSupervisor mobile – supporting application for smartphones NOTE: Use the LiteEdit PC software to read. However. ©ComAp – May 2015 9 . Selection of ECU type if an ECU is connected 7. The key features are:  Easy-to-use operation and installation. The controllers are equipped with a powerful graphic display showing icons. The factory default configuration covers most applications  Various customizations are possible thanks to its configurability  Excellent remote communication capabilities  High level of support for EFI engines (most world producers)  High reliability 2.2 Configurability and monitoring One of the key features of the controller is the system’s high level of adaptability to the needs of each individual application and wide possibilities for monitoring. Configuration parts: 1. view and modify configuration from the controller or disk and write the new configuration to the controller or disk. InteliMonitor – multiple site monitoring and setpoint setting . Mapping of logical binary inputs (functions) or assigning alarms to physical binary input terminals 2. symbols and bar graphs for intuitive operation. sets new standards in Gen-set controls.1 General description NT InteliCompact (also IC-NT) Family controllers are comprehensive gen-set controllers for single and multiple generating sets operating in stand-by or parallel modes. WinScope – special graphical monitoring software . Supported configuration and monitoring tools: . not all functions are required at the same time on the same gen-set and also the controller hardware does not have so many input and output terminals.2 System overview 2. Changing the language of the controller interface NT InteliCompact . together with its high level of functionality. This can be achieved by configuring and using the powerful ComAp PC/mobile tools. One of the main tasks of the configuration is mapping of “logical” firmware inputs and outputs to the “physical” hardware inputs and outputs. SW version 2. Mapping of logical binary outputs (functions) to physical binary output terminals 3. LiteEdit – complete configuration and single gen-set monitoring . which.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide. Assigning sensor characteristics and alarms to analog inputs 4.pdf. NT The firmware of InteliCompact contains a large number of binary inputs and outputs needed for all necessary functions available.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.Reading of measured values .Direct.2. it can be saved to a file for later usage with another controller or for backup purposes.Browsing of controller history records . preparing controllers with identical configuration and settings. Physical input terminals CONFIGURATION OF BINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS “Logical” inputs Alarm management Main program (control loop) “Logical” outputs FIRMWARE CONTROLLER Physical output terminals PRINCIPLE OF BINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION The controller is shipped with a default configuration. Besides configuration it also contains current adjustment of all setpoints. modem or internet communication with the controller .pdf.1-Reference Guide.Controller language translation NT InteliCompact . i. The archive can be simply used for cloning controllers.1 LiteEdit NT NT Configuration and monitoring tool for InteliCompact . There is a special easy removable service module for cases when no communication module is permanently attached.Controller firmware upgrade . This tool provides the following functions: . An archive contains a full image of the controller at the time of saving (if the controller is online for the PC) except the firmware. a copy of the history log and a copy of the alarm list.aic. The file is called archive and has the file extension . This default configuration can be changed only by using a PC with the LiteEdit software. which should be suitable for most standard applications.Reading/writing/adjustment of setpoints . NOTE: You need one of communication modules to connect the controller to a PC with LiteEdit. Once the configuration is modified. See LiteEdit documentation for details. See more in LiteEdit Reference Guide. SW version 2.Offline or online controller configuration . InteliLite and other controllers. all measured values. ©ComAp – May 2015 10 .Exporting data into a XLS file .e. 2.

This tool provides the following functions: .2. See more in the WinScope Reference guide. SW version 2.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 11 . See more at the WebSupervisor webpage.Reading of measured values .View of actual/historic trends in controller .Also available as a smartphone application NT InteliCompact .2.Browsing of controller history records 2. This tool provides the following functions: .2.On-line notification of alarms .3 WinScope Special graphical controller monitoring software.1-Reference Guide.2 InteliMonitor PC Monitoring tool for Inteli controllers.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.Monitoring and archiving of ComAp controller’s parameters and values .pdf.Reading/writing/adjustment of setpoints .On-line change of controllers’ parameters for easy regulator setup 2.4 WebSupervisor Web-based system for monitoring and controlling ComAp controllers. See more in the InteliMonitor Reference Guide.E-mail notification .Site and fleet monitoring .Browsing of controller history records .Reading of measured values .Online monitoring of a controller or whole site .Fully customizable SCADA diagram . This tool provides the following functions: .

2.1 Single applications The typical scheme of a single parallel to mains application is shown below.pdf. Both are shown below.2 Multiple applications The typical schemes are multiple island-parallel application without mains and multiple parallel application with mains.3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3 Applications overview 2.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 12 . MCB GCB 3x 3x 3x G1 ECU 3Ph UG 3Ph IG 3Ph UM K4 K3 MCB GCB GCB CLOSE/OPEN AVRi IG-AVRi AVR InteliCompactNT MCB CLOSE/OPEN BO SPtM SG+ SPEED GOVERNOR BI CAN1 MCB ECU MCB FEEDBACK GCB GCB FEEDBACK SINGLE PARALLEL TO MAINS APPLICATION 2. The controller controls two breakers – a mains breaker and a generator breaker. SW version 2. For parallel to mains operation also mains breaker feedback is required. Feedback from both breakers is required. GCB 3x 3x G1 ECU 3Ph UG 3Ph IG 3Ph UB K3 GCB AVRi IG-AVRi AVR GCB CLOSE/OPEN InteliCompactNT BO MINT SG+ SPEED GOVERNOR BI CAN2 CAN1 SYS START/STOP ECU GCB GCB FEEDBACK CAN GCB 3x G2 ECU 3Ph UG 3Ph IG 3Ph UB K3 GCB AVRi IG-AVRi AVR GCB CLOSE/OPEN InteliCompactNT BO MINT SG+ SPEED GOVERNOR BI CAN2 CAN1 SYS START/STOP ECU START/STOP GCB GCB FEEDBACK CAN ISLAND-PARALLEL OPERATION WITHOUT MAINS NT InteliCompact .3. The controller controls one breaker only. the generator breaker. Feedback from the generator breaker is required.

Under normal circumstances the mains voltage and current should have a pure sinusoidal waveform.pdf. the wider the power factor dead range. This principle corresponds exactly to the physical definition of alternating voltage and current effective values. The True RMS measurement gives accurate readings of effective values not only for pure sinusoidal waveforms.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the controller cannot reach the requested value because of this fact. some nonlinear elements connected to the mains produce harmonic waveforms with frequencies of multiples of the basic mains frequency and this may result in deformation of the voltage and/or current waveforms. but also for deformed waveforms. ©ComAp – May 2015 13 . NOTE: The harmonic deformation causes that the Power Factor of a generator working parallel with the mains cannot reach values in a certain range around the PF 1. NT InteliCompact .00. If the requested power factor is adjusted inside the dead range.4 True RMS measurement This controller measures AC values based on the True RMS principle. MCB GCB 3x 3x 3x G1 ECU 3Ph UG 3Ph IG 3Ph UB K4 K3 MCB GCB IG-AVRi 3Ph UM AVRi AVR 3Ph IM 3Ph UB GCB CLOSE/OPEN InteliCompactNT BO MINT SG+ SPEED GOVERNOR BI CAN2 CAN1 GCB GCB FEEDBACK ECU MCB CLOSE/OPEN MCB FEEDBACK BO MainsCompactNT SYS START/STOP CAN BI GCB CAN SYS START/STOP 3x G2 ECU MCB FDB MIRROR 3Ph UG 3Ph IG REM START/STOP 3Ph UB K3 MCB MCB FEEDBACK GCB AVRi IG-AVRi AVR GCB CLOSE/OPEN InteliCompactNT BO MINT SG+ SPEED GOVERNOR GCB BI CAN2 CAN1 GCB FEEDBACK ECU MCB FEEDBACK SYS START/STOP CAN ISLAND-PARALLEL OPERATION WITH AMF AND WITHOUT PARALLELING 2. However. The higher the deformation.1-Reference Guide. SW version 2.

3.1 Mounting The controller is to be mounted onto the switchboard door.2 Package contents The package contains:  Controller  Mounting holders  Terminal blocks NOTE: The package does not contain a communication module. The requested cut-out size is 175x115 mm.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3 Installation 3. Use the screw holders delivered with the controller to fix the controller into the door as described in the pictures below. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. The required module should be ordered separately.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 14 .

SW version 2.1-Reference Guide.pdf. NT InteliCompact .3.3 Dimensions 185 58 168 47 29 InteliCompact NT 125 110 80 + - D+ Mounting cutout size: 175 x 115 mm NOTE: The dimensions are in millimetres and are the same for both versions – SPTM and MINT.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 15 .

3.1-Reference Guide.5 General To ensure proper function:  Use grounding terminals.4 Terminal diagram MINT SPTM 3.  Analog and binary inputs should use shielded cables. especially when the length is more than 3 m. SW version 2.  Wiring for binary inputs and analog inputs must not be run with power cables.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 16 . NT InteliCompact .pdf.

5 mm The maximum continuous DC power supply voltage is 36 V DC.1-Reference Guide.7 Grounding 2 The shortest possible piece of wire should be used for controller grounding. The InteliCompact’s power supply terminals are protected against large pulse power disturbances. HINT: NT The InteliCompact controller should be grounded properly in order to protect against lighting strikes!! The maximum allowable current through the controller’s negative terminal is 4A (this is dependent on binary output load).5 IN-LB)  For field type terminals: Use only diameter 2. Switchboard and engine must be grounded at a common point. It is necessary to ensure that potential difference between the generator current COM terminal and the battery “-” terminal is maximum ± 2 V.4 NM (3. an outside protection device should be used.5 NM (4.5 mm (12–26 AWG) conductor. SW version 2. The negative “-” battery terminal must be properly grounded. ©ComAp – May 2015 17 . 2EDGK: SPECIFIED TIGHTENING TORQUE 0. power supply cable of 1.4 IN-LB) 2. it is strongly recommended to interconnect these two terminals together. Use cable min. 3.5 mm . 3.6 Wiring Tightening torque.  For Mains (Bus) Voltage and Generator Voltage terminals Use only diameter 2. Therefore.8 Power supply To ensure proper function: 2 Use min.0-0.  Use copper conductors only.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. allowed wire size and type. When there is a potential risk of the controller being subjected to conditions outside its capabilities. The maximum allowable power supply voltage is 39 V DC.pdf. rated for 90 °C minimum.0–0. for the Field-Wiring Terminals:  Based on terminal type: 1. Use as short a cable as possible to the grounding point.3. NT InteliCompact . A brass M4x10 screw with star washer securing ring type grounding terminal shall be used. PA256: SPECIFIED TIGHTENING TORQUE 0. 2. rated for 75 °C minimum.5 mm (12–26 AWG) conductor.

i.1-Reference Guide. + Relays T1A Controller + + + I-LBA . + 12 VDC Battery The capacitor size depends on the required time. ©ComAp – May 2015 18 . the controller screen backlight may turn on and off but the controller keeps operating. It is possible to further support the controller by connecting the external capacitor and separating diode or I-LBA module: Starter . SW version 2.  The wiring resistance from the battery should be up to 0. the InteliCompact includes internal capacitors that allow the controller to continue operation during cranking if the battery voltage dip occurs.  The I-LBA enables controller operation from 5 V DC (for 10 to 30 seconds). 8 V.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. + Relays T1A D Controller + + - C . NT For connection with a 12 V DC power supply. The current drain of the heating element exhausts LBA capacitors very fast. 350 ms voltage dip under following conditions:  Communication and extension plug-in modules are connected. allowed voltage 5 V. It shall be approximately in the thousands of microfarads. HINT: I-LBA may not eliminate voltage drop when used with the low temperature (-40 °C) version of the controller and the display heating element is on (below 5 °C). - - . allowed voltage.  Voltage before dip is 12 V and after 350 ms the voltage recovers to the min. During this voltage dip. + 12 VDC Battery The I-LBA module ensures a min.e. If the battery voltage is 10 V before the dip and it recovers to 7 V within 100 ms the controller continues operating. The capacitor size should be 5000 microfarad to withstand a 150 ms voltage dip under the following conditions: Voltage before dip is 12 V.1 Ω for proper function of the I-LBA.pdf. NT InteliCompact . Or by connecting a special I-LBA Low Battery Adaptor module: Starter . HINT: Before the battery is discharged the message "Low BackupBatt" appears. after 150 ms the voltage recovers to the min.

3. These items should never be connected directly to the starting battery. nominal current.1 Power supply fusing A one-amp fuse should be connected in line with the battery positive terminal to the controller and modules.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT WIRING A) L1 G L2 L3 N N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 GENERATOR MAINS / BUS NT InteliCompact .9 Voltage and current inputs WARNING! Risk of personal injury due to electric shock when manipulating voltage terminals under voltage! Be sure the terminals are not under voltage before touching them. WARNING! Do not open the secondary circuit of current transformers when the primary circuit is closed!!! Open the primary circuit first! 2 2 Use 1. Fuse value and type depends on the number of connected devices and wire length.5 mm cables for voltage connection and 2. The recommended fuse type (not fast) is T1A due to internal capacitors charging during power up.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 19 .8. Learn about how to view and change setpoints in the User interface chapter. SW version 2. CT ratio and PT ratio by appropriate setpoints in the Basic Settings group.5 mm for current transformers connection. + IC-NT - T1A + - Battery HUGE LOADS STARTER 3. Adjust nominal voltage.

SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 20 .pdf. N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 GENERATOR MAINS / BUS CURRENT MEASUREMENT WIRING E) K L L1 k l G K k L l K L L2 L3 k l COM L1 L2 L3 NT InteliCompact .B) L1 G L2 L3 N N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 GENERATOR MAINS / BUS C) L1 G L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 GENERATOR MAINS / BUS D) L1 Wiring to be used with IC-NT- G MINT-MonoPhase or IC-NT- SPTM-MonoPhase archive for Mono or Single Phase N applications.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

See the chapter Technical data for details about the pickup input parameters. It is not recommended to switch wiring at the current transformer side.3 OR NEWER IT IS NECESSARY TO UPGRADE THE FIRMWARE TO IC-NT-1. SW version 2. To fix this error use FW IC-NT-1.pdf. D+ terminal from the charging alternator can be used as additional signal for detection of running engine.4.3 the InteliCompact measures current with reversed polarity. mount the pickup opposite to the engine flywheel.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. COM RPM + D+ - Pickup D+ (L) Charging alternator T2A W + - RPM measurement from the pickup. the engine speed is obtained from the ECU. To use this method. CAUTION: NT W HEN YOU ARE USING INTELICOMPACT HW VERSION 1.3 OR NEWER. If an EFI engine is configured.NOTE: IT IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE GENERATOR CURRENT COM TERMINAL AND THE BATTERY “-” TERMINAL IS MAXIMUM ± 2V.1 Pickup A magnetic speed sensor (pickup) is the most common method of engine speed measurement. IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO INTERCONNECT THESE TWO TERMINALS TOGETHER. 3. NT InteliCompact . NT Since HW version 1.3 or newer.10. ©ComAp – May 2015 21 . 3.4. connect the cable to the controller as shown on the picture below and adjust the setpoint Gear Teeth according to the number of teeth on the flywheel.1-Reference Guide.10 Speed measurement The engine speed can be measured either from the generator frequency or from a magnetic pickup. THEREFORE.

D+ and W terminals from the charging alternator can be used as additional signals for detection of running engine. set the setpoint Gear Teeth to zero. 3. if possible.  The pickup is not used and frequency is detected on the pickup input.10. If not.3.10. The following conditions are evaluated as additional running engine indication:  Voltage on the D+ input is higher than 80% of battery voltage.pdf. Connect the pickup input to the W terminal of the charging alternator if you do not use pickup and the W terminal is available. especially if RPM is measured from the generator frequency instead of magnetic pickup. NT InteliCompact . Connect the W terminal from the charging alternator instead of the pickup.2 Generator frequency If the pickup is not used. SW version 2. See picture below. leave the input unconnected. in the moment that the engine has just started…). NOTE: The starter cut-off frequency has to be adjusted by the setpoint Start W Freq. If you know the charging alternator nominal frequency. The generator frequency measurement can be unreliable at very low speeds and/or may have a delayed reaction to sudden and big changes (i. whether the engine is rotating or not. 2) Close a fuel valve manually to disable the engine from being started. If D+ terminal is not available.e. leave the input unconnected and disable the function.3 Additional running engine indication It is helpful to have information other than speed (RPM). follow this procedure: 1) Make sure that the starting accumulator is fully charged. Connect this input to the D+ (L) terminal of the charging alternator and enable the D+ function by the setpoint D+ Function.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. COM RPM + D+ - D+ (L) T2A W Charging alternator + - RPM is measured from generator frequency. The engine speed will be measured from the generator frequency.1-Reference Guide. adjust the setpoint to the frequency obtained from following equation: "𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑅𝑃𝑀" 𝑓cutoff = 𝑓nom ∙ ( ) "𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑃𝑀" If you do not know the charging alternator nominal frequency. ©ComAp – May 2015 22 .

. NOTE: The function of each output has to be assigned during configuration. NOTE: The name and function or alarm type for each binary input have to be assigned during the configuration.1-Reference Guide.12 Binary outputs 2 Use min. 1 mm cables for wiring of binary inputs. CAUTION! Use suppression diodes on all relays and other inductive loads! NT InteliCompact . 6) Adjust the setpoint Start W Freq to a value twice that which you measured during cranking. These signals are used during start for powering down the starter motor even if still no RPM is measured and also during stop in order to evaluate if the engine is really stopped. To the microprocessor 4k7 + - W IRING OF BINARY INPUTS 3. 3.pdf. 4) Select MAN mode and press the Start button to crank the gen-set. Make a note about the W terminal frequency while the gen-set is cranking. The oil pressure is evaluated from the analog input 1 or from the ECU if an ECU is configured.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3) Connect a PC with LiteEdit to the controller and display "Values" window.  At least one phase of generator voltage is >20% of nominal voltage. ©ComAp – May 2015 23 .. 1 mm cables for wiring of binary outputs. 5) Press the Stop button to stop cranking. group "Engine". Use external relays as indicated on the schematic below for all outputs except those where low-current loads are connected (signalization etc.  Oil pressure > Starting Oil P setpoint. value W-TerminalFreq. SW version 2.11 Binary inputs 2 Use min.).

connect the AI COM terminal to the engine body as near to the sensors as possible. From the microprocessor + - W IRING OF BINARY OUTPUTS NOTE: Outputs can provide steady current of up to 2A. ©ComAp – May 2015 24 . SW version 2.the ECU is not configured .the ECU is configured and the AI01 is set to Alarm + ECU. 3. NOTE: Analog inputs are typically used for: Oil Pressure.1-Reference Guide.13 Analog inputs The analog inputs are designed for resistive automotive type sensors like VDO or DATCON.5A of steady current unless the total current of all binary outputs does not exceed 2A. Protection of Oil Pressure and the relevant condition of a running engine is joined with AI01 only if: . The sensors are connected either by one wire (the second pole is the sensor body) or by two wires.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.  In the case of grounded sensors. Water Temperature and Fuel Level.5% of the last (highest) point of the sensor curve characteristic. connect the AI COM terminal to the negative power supply terminal of the controller as well as the opposite poles of the sensors. Every single binary output can provide up to 0. All of these parameters are connected with relevant protections.  In the case of isolated sensors. NOTE: The fail sensor alarm is issued if the measured resistance is smaller than one half of the first (lowest) point of the sensor curve characteristic or is greater than 112. NT InteliCompact .

1 Tristate inputs Analog inputs can be used also as binary or tri-state. values lower than 10Ω and values over 2400Ω are evaluated as sensor failure (short or open circuit). i. The threshold level is 750Ω. + W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS – GROUNDED SENSORS AI COM AI .1-Reference Guide.13. + P T 1k5 W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS – USED AS BINARY OR TRI-STATE NOTE: The name. NT InteliCompact . + W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS – ISOLATED SENSORS 3.e. SW version 2. BINARY AI COM TRISTATE 100R . ©ComAp – May 2015 25 . In the case of tri-state.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. for contact sensors without or with circuit check. AI COM AI . sensor characteristic and alarm types for each analog input have to be assigned during configuration.

The output is deactivated for at least UV coil 2 seconds in the moment the breaker has to be switched off.  The breaker feedback functions must be configured onto some binary inputs and the signals from the breakers must be connected to it and provide reliable information about the breaker position.  The breaker must respond within max. otherwise an alarm is issued. The breaker must react within 2 seconds to a close or open command.3. In such cases it is necessary to use an undervoltage coil for fast opening. the controller can open and close the breaker at any time. but at least for 2 seconds. The following rules must be kept to when designing the wiring of power switches:  The control outputs must be configured and wiring of the power switches must be provided in such a way. Below is a list of available control outputs that should fit all types of contactors or breakers.14 Circuit breakers There are two power switches controlled by the controller:  The generator circuit breaker or contactor – GCB  The Mains circuit breaker or contactor – MCB (SPtM application only) It is possible to use either a motorized circuit breaker or contactor. An output giving a 2 second pulse in the moment the breaker has to be closed. CLOSE/OPEN 2s ON COIL 2s OFF COIL UV COIL FEEDBACK BREAKER OUTPUTS TIMING NT InteliCompact . Its state represents the breaker position Close/open requested by the controller. The output is intended for control of open coils of circuit breakers. SW version 2. The pulse OFF coil lasts until the feedback deactivates.1 Breaker control outputs An output for control of a contactor. 3.14. The output is intended for control of undervoltage coils of circuit breakers.1-Reference Guide. that the controller has full control over the breakers – i. not in idle or cooling) or the controller is switched on (MCB). The output is active the whole time the gen-set is running (GCB.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.e. Special attention should be paid to opening of motorized circuit breakers.pdf. 2 seconds to a close and open command. An output giving a pulse in the moment the breaker has to be opened. The ON coil output is intended for control of close coils of circuit breakers. as it could take more than 2 seconds on some types. ©ComAp – May 2015 26 .

pdf. IG-AVRi TRANS/LV is a power supply unit for IG-AVRi. OUT2 voltage range. .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. negative or symmetric. The AVRi module provides galvanic separation of the controller from the generator and PWM to voltage conversion. which is needed for most AVRs. AVRi output can be connected as symmetrical: OUT1-OUT2 or unsymmetrical OUT1-GND or OUT2- GND. 3.The potentiometer on the AVRi defines maximum OUT1. This behaviour is called “negative logic” and can be adjusted by the setpoint MCB Logic. If a contactor is used on the MCB position. because it will lose power for the coil. . ©ComAp – May 2015 27 . If a 230 V motor driven circuit breaker is used on the MCB position and an undervoltage coil is not fitted.1 IG-AVRi Automatic voltage Regulator interface is used for volt/PF control adjustment through galvanic separated inputs and outputs. The output from the controller is a 5V PWM that is designed to be used together with the IG-AVRi module. . it is not possible to open the breaker after the mains have failed. 2. it is not included with the IG-AVRi package. OUT1 Output terminals for alternator GND AVR Output OUT2 AC1 Power supply from IG-AVRi AC3 TRANS/LV Output level Set output voltage bias AVRI Input Input signals from the controller AO GND NT InteliCompact . The initial level of the AVR output is adjustable by the setpoint AVRi Bias. 3. NOTE: IG-AVRi is not included in the standard package with the controller. The negative logic will prevent accidental opening of the MCB when the controller is switched off. SW version 2. OUT2) AVRi output to connect the AVRi to AVR auxiliary voltage input. The output from the IG-AVRi module is available as positive. . That is why the following adjustment is necessary to prevent triggering the MCB fail alarm: MCB Opens On = MAINSFAIL. it will open itself immediately after the mains have failed. Mains V Del ≤ 1.AVRi output voltage should change the generator voltage typically in the range ± 10% of the Nominal voltage. it is recommended that the wiring be provided in such a way that the contactor will be normally closed and will open if the MCB Close/Open closes.1-Reference Guide.15. IG-AVRi-TRANS (AC power supply for AVRi) has to be supplied from gen-set voltage. CAUTION: Refer each time to the corresponding AVR manual before connecting the interface. 3.Use symmetrical (OUT1. because there is no power for the motor drive until the gen-set is started and providing voltage.3. The output voltage range is adjustable by a trimmer located on the module.2 MCB special requirements SPtM only 1.14. If a contactor is used on the MCB position.15 AVR interface The AVR output is used to control the voltage or power factor of the generator via the remote voltage adjust input provided by the AVR.Use unsymmetrical output if an external AVR potentiometer has to be replaced with AVRi. Adjusting the setpoint MCB Opens On = GEN RUN will prevent triggering the MCB fail alarm.

AO GND AVRI AVR VOLTAGE GENERATOR ADJUST VOLTAGE IG-AVRI MODULE WIRING NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 28 . SW version 2.1-Reference Guide.pdf.

position (clockwise) 2V 0 100 [%] AVR output AVRi trim turned in min.OUT2 [V] AVRi trim turned in max. 2V position (counterclockwise) 0 100 [%] AVR output AVRi output OUT2 . 10 V position (clockwise) AVRi trim turned in min. SW version 2. position (counterclockwise) ASYMMETRIC AVRI OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC NT InteliCompact .pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 2V position (counterclockwise) 0 50 100 [%] AVR output -2V -10 V SYMMETRIC AVRI OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC AVRi output OUT1 .1-Reference Guide. 10 V position (clockwise) AVRi trim turned in min.GND 10 V AVRi trim turned in max. AVRi output OUT1 . ©ComAp – May 2015 29 .GND AVRi trim turned in max.

TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- J2 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminal J2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Module R726 is not required. Module R726 is not required. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 3 AVR Bias = 50% ST4 2 AO GND OUT1 Module R726 is not required.1-Reference Guide. Read LeRoy-Somer R450 manual before use.15. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM iG.2.15. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- AVR Bias = 50% AO GND OUT1 HINT: Use AVRi instead of potentiometer 1kΩ.2 AVR list 3. LeRoy-Somer: R 129 IG.3.pdf. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. ©ComAp – May 2015 30 . R448 Kutai EA448 IG.1 LeRoy-Somer LeRoy-Somer: R 438 LS. AVRI AVR Bias = 50% ST4 AO GND OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminals ST4. SW version 2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. LeRoy-Somer: R 449 IG. NT InteliCompact . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. LeRoy-Somer: R 450 IG.

230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- 4 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND 5 OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminals 4 and 5. AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise +5%. ©ComAp – May 2015 31 . TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- AVR Bias = 50% J2 AO GND OUT1 NT InteliCompact . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Volt/PF ctrl: AVR Bias = 24% LeRoy-Somer: R 250 IG.LeRoy-Somer: R 128 IG.1-Reference Guide. R 222 18 VAC 230/ 400VAC from generator IG- AVRi 0 VAC TRANS AVRi AO GND OUT2 AVRI AVRI iG- AO GND OUT1 Module R726 is not required.pdf. SW version 2. LeRoy-Somer: R 221.

SW version 2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. ©ComAp – May 2015 32 .pdf.1-Reference Guide. Volt/PF ctrl: AVR Bias = 50% NT InteliCompact .LeRoy-Somer: R 230 IG. Set again in regulation loop on demand LeRoy-Somer: R 230 IG. Set exact Value with Bias Voltage//PF regulation (gain = 0) Stop gen-set and connect when equal Voltage and polarity is achieved. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- AVR Bias = 50% J4 AO GND OUT1 500 Remove Link J4 and replace instead of R500 Primary voltage setting with resistors connected: 230 V HINT: Disconnect one wire (OUT 1).1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 230/ 400VAC from generator AVRi 0 VAC TRANS AO GND AVRi AVRI iG- OUT2 AVRI AO GND OUT1 Module R726 is not required. set voltage on running Generator to U = nom. increase AVRi potentiometer to get Range. Measure Voltage over Resistor Depending on Value. AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.

230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. 6 V) HINT: Before you connect IG-AVRi you should connect the jumper on AVR between pin 1 and 2 to run the voltage regulator without external control and set the voltage by the voltage trim on SX460 to roughly 227 V (in the event that the nominal voltage of the system is 230 V).pdf. SX 421 IG.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. MX 321. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- A1 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND A2 OUT1 PFC3 module is not required.2 Stamford STAMFORD SX 460 IG. STAMFORD AS480 IG- 230 /400 VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS AVR Bias = 30% AO GND OUT2 AVRi 1 AVRI iG- AVRI 2 OCOM AO GND AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting.15. AS440.LeRoy-Somer: R 449 IG. SW version 2. STAMFORD SX 440.2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to approx. ©ComAp – May 2015 33 . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise TRANS 5 AO GND 4 OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 3 AVR Bias = 50% ST4 2 AO GND OUT1 1 3. Voltage range (-6 V. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 1 AVR Bias = 60-70% AO GND 2 OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting. 60 % 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. NT InteliCompact .

TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- A1 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND A2 OUT1 HINT: Disconnect the droop CT (terminal S1 & S2) and short the droop CT leads. 321. 230/400VAC From 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS OCOM Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND 2 5R5 AVR Bias = 25% AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- t 1 250R AO GND S OUT1 AVK Newage MA330.3 AVK Newage AVK Newage Cosimat N+ IG.15.4 Caterpillar Caterpillar CDVR IG. SW version 2.2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 2 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise TRANS 1 AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- A1 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND A2 OUT1 3. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.S2 on the AVR 3. 327.1-Reference Guide.2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to 50% 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND OUT2 AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 12-3 AO GND 12-6 OUT1 NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.STAMFORD MX 341 IG. Short the terminal S1. ©ComAp – May 2015 34 . 341 IG.pdf.15.

15.1-Reference Guide. TRANS AO GND TR5 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- TR6 AVR Bias AO GND TR7 OUT1 For VR3F link 4-7 has to be removed. Basler: DECS 100 IG. KR-FX.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- 7 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND 6 OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting. Caterpillar VR6-B IG. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 4 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.pdf.2. SW version 2. TRANS 7 AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 2 AVR Bias = 0% AO GND 3 OUT1 Voltage range (-2 V. AEC 63-7. 2 V) 3. Caterpillar VR6. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- B AVR Bias = 50% AO GND A OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting. KR-FFX IG.Caterpillar DVR IG.5 Basler Basler: APR 63-5. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to 25% 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- 7 AO GND 45 OUT1 Pin 44 on DVR – PF regulation directly from DVR is not connected. VR3F IG. ©ComAp – May 2015 35 . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. NT InteliCompact .

15.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 36 . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. 230/400VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator AVR Bias = 50% TRANS AO GND OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 6 AO GND 7 OUT1 3. 200 IG. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND OUT2 AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- B AO GND A OUT1 Marathon PM100.2.7 Marelli MarelliMotori Mark I (M40FA640A/A) IG.2. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- A10 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND A9 OUT1 3.1-Reference Guide. 230/400VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator AVR Bias = 50% TRANS AO GND OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 8 AO GND 6 OUT1 MarelliMotori (M40FA610A) Volt/PF ctrl: 230/400VAC From IG- generator AVR Bias = 50% 18VAC AVRi 0VAC TRANS AO GND OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 8 AO GND 6 OUT1 NT InteliCompact .Basler: DESC 200 IG.6 Marathon Marathon DVR2000E IG.15.

1-Reference Guide. Mecc Alte SpA: S.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 8 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND 6 OUT1 Mecc Alte DER1 AVRi trim to 1/16 from 230/400VAC From IG- generator minimum. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- AVR Bias = 75% AO GND OCOM AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 100 KΩ (OUT2= top position wire and GND = second position from top). SW version 2.15.V. 18VAC AVRi 0VAC TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- 29 AO GND 30 OUT1 NT InteliCompact .2.8 Mecc Alte SpA Mecc Alte SpA: U.6 IG.MarelliMotori Mark V (M16FA655A) AVRi trim to 1/4 position 230/400VAC From IG.AVRi generator 18VAC TRANS 0VAC Volt/PF ctrl: AVR Bias = 15% AO GND AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- P AO GND Q OUT1 3. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to maximum 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.7/2 IG. ©ComAp – May 2015 37 .R. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to maximum 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. TRANS AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI OCOM AVRI iG- 5B AVR Bias = 75% AO GND 7 OUT1 Mecc Alte UVR IG. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to maximum 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.R.

If you want to use continuous voltage. 230/ 400VAC from generator AVRi 0 VAC TRANS AO GND AVRi AVRI iG- OCOM AVRI AO GND OUT1 Generator AVRi trim = 1/16 from minimum voltage (= 6.5 V. it will be effective if it is in the range between 0 V and +2. ©ComAp – May 2015 38 .5 V (or in the event of disconnection) it is automatically disabled and the voltage adjustment goes back to the value set through the trimmer (if enabled) or through parameter 19 (as shown on the picture).25% → max. = 2. but for values exceeding the limits of 0 V / +2.25V 2. The input tolerates voltages from -5 V to +5 V.1-Reference Guide.5 V). by default the setting is ±5%) with respect to the value set. 114% (or 105%) Volt/PF ctrl: AVR Bias = 50% Nominal voltage 100% set on DSR 86% (or 95%) 0V 1. SW version 2.5V DSR input voltage (10-11) IG-AVRi output voltage (OUT1-GND) The Vext input (connector CN1 – terminals 10 and 11) permits analog remote control of output voltage with a programmable variation range of up to ±10% (parameter 16.pdf. if not used then it works isochronous). Changing the DSR parameters requires a PC with dedicated software and a DI1-DSR unit! DSR automatically detects the presence of a transformer for parallel operation (if used it works with droop. NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.Mecc Alte DSR 11 10 IG.

SW version 2.pdf.15.3.15. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.15. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI 1 iG. 230/400VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator AVR Bias = 50% TRANS AO GND OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 6 AO GND 7 OUT1 3.9 Piller Piller IG. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator TRANS Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND OUT2 AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- B AO GND A OUT1 Marathon PM100.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. AVRI AVR Bias = 39% AO GND 2 OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 100 kΩ. 230/400VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator AVR Bias = 50% TRANS AO GND OUT2 AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 8 AO GND 6 OUT1 NT InteliCompact .10 Marathon Marathon DVR2000E IG. 3. 200 IG.1-Reference Guide.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 39 .2.11 KATO KATO KCR 360 IG.

OUT2 AVRI IG- AO GND A+ OUT1 ENGGA WT-3 230/400VAC From Volt/PF ctrl: IG. 4 TRANS 7 AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- 2 AVR Bias = 50% AO GND 3 OUT1 3.15.2.12 ENGGA ENGGA WT-2 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise IG. ©ComAp – May 2015 40 .2. SW version 2. 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise.1-Reference Guide.13 Sincro Sincro AVR BL3 or BL4 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to middle position IG.AVRi generator 18VAC TRANS 0VAC Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND AVR Bias = 50% AVRi AVRI A.AVRi generator 18VAC TRANS 0VAC Volt/PF ctrl: AO GND AVR Bias = 20% AVRi AVRI COM AVRI IG- POT EXT AO GND OUT1 NT InteliCompact . 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter 18VAC AVRi 0VAC generator clockwise. TRANS AO GND OUT2 Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI AVRI iG- R2 AVR Bias = 45% AO GND R1 OUT1 KATO K-65-12B IG.15.AVRi generator 18VAC TRANS 0VAC AVR Bias = 50% AO GND AVRI AVRi A2 OUT2 AVRI IG- A1 OUT1 AO GND 3.KATO KCR 760 IG.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.

AVRi generator 18VAC TRANS 0VAC clockwise. Module R726 is not required. AO GND Volt/PF ctrl: AVRi AVRI COM AVRI IG- AVR Bias = 50% ST4 AO GND OUT1 AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470Ω to terminals ST4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.1-Reference Guide.15.3.14 Kutai Kutai EA448 230/400VAC From AVRi trim to minimum counter IG. ©ComAp – May 2015 41 . NT InteliCompact . SW version 2.2.

4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The active range of the output can be adapted to the governor input range by setpoints SpeedGovLowLim and SpeedGovHiLim. NOTE: Some governors may evaluate input voltage out of the allowed range as a faulty condition and their functioning may be blocked. VoutR PWM Vout The initial level of the governor output is adjustable by the setpoint Speed Gov Bias and the characteristic (positive or negative) can be selected by the setpoint Speed Gov Char. NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 42 . The output from the controller can work in the following modes:  voltage mode 0 to 10 V  voltage mode 0 to 10 V with serial 10k resistor  5 V PWM mode NOTE: The PWM mode is designed and optimized for Caterpillar governors. SW version 2. Since IC-NT SW v.pdf. 1.1-Reference Guide.4 speed governor PWM frequency is fixed to 500 Hz.3. The jumpers for speed governor output mode are shown on the picture below.16 Speed governor interface The speed governor output is used to control the speed or the power of the engine via the remote speed controlling input provided by the speed governor.

50 V GND:2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V For Woodward DPG 2223 the ILS terminal is 10. AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V SpeedGovHiLim = 3 V HINT: NT For Woodward EPG speed governor (revision F) is in case of InteliCompact limit: Speed Gov Bias = 1 V SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V SpeedGovHiLim = 2 V 230/400VAC From iG- AVRi generator 0VAC 18VAC TRANS WOODWARD Options 2 SG+ Sync/Load Ctrl: EPG AVRi OUT2 Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V iG- PWM OUT1 AO COM SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 43 .16. AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: DPG 2201 ILS:9 470k SG + Speed Gov Bias = 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.50 V EPG 12 .1.16.1 Speed governor list 3.pdf. Sync/Load Ctrl: WOODWARD 11+ SG + Speed Gov Bias = 1.00 V 16 COM AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE Speed control WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: 2301 LS & 25 + SG + Speed Gov Bias = 5.1 Speed Control Woodward WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: 15 ± SG + 2301A Speed Gov Bias = 5.3. SW version 2.00 V 26 .1-Reference Guide.

SW version 2.10 V EPG 1712/512 WOODWARD 2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE 1724/524 6 SpeedGovLowLim = 6.1-Reference Guide.5 V 5 MPU SpeedGovHiLim = 0 V 4 3 Actuator 230/400VAC From iG- AVRi generator 0VAC 18VAC TRANS WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: ProAct II SG+ Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V AVRi iG- 13 OUT2 PWM SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE 12 OUT1 AO COM 3k3 Speed Control WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: 19 SG + 2301D Speed Gov Bias = 5. ©ComAp – May 2015 44 . 25.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.50 V 5 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V Speed Control WOODWARD Flo-tech 11 SG + Sync/Load Ctrl: 12 AO COM VoutR Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V 20 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE Terminals 19 and 20 are marked as analog inputs #1.00 V NT InteliCompact . 7 Sync/Load Ctrl: 8 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 3. 26 = Speed Signal Inputs WOODWARD Sync/Load Ctrl: L-series 8 (Aux1) SG + Speed Gov Bias = 2.

00 V 20 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE Sync/Load Ctrl: Cummins I9 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 5.2 Cummins Sync/Load Ctrl: Cummins 11 SG + QST30 Speed Gov Bias = 5.3.5 V SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V NT InteliCompact .50 V Cummins 9 SG + Vout SpeedGovChar = QSL9 32 AO COM POSITIVE SpeedGovLowLim = 2. SW version 2.16. Sync/Load Ctrl: Cummins 5V 10k SG + Speed Gov Bias = 5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.00 V ECPG Vout A1 AO COM SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation. Sync/Load Ctrl: Speed Gov Bias = 3.1-Reference Guide.1.00 V ONAN 0V AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE 4µ7/50V Sync/Load Ctrl: Speed Gov Bias = 6.40 V Cummins SpeedGovChar = EFC 8 200k SG + POSITIVE VoutR SpeedGovLowLim = 5 V 11 AO COM SpeedGovHiLim = 7.8 V Setting at 1500 RPM: Primary setting governor with disconnected speed regulation lines.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 45 .

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Cummins Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
GCS 03-11 SG + SpeedGovChar =
03-12 AO COM VoutR POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V

3.16.1.3 Caterpillar
Caterpillar

9 SG +
PEEC

19 AO COM
PWM

Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation.

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Caterpillar

Converter

2 SG +
Signal

Speed Gov Bias = 5.10 V
1 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
67k7 SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V
Caterpillar

12 SG +
ADEM

10 AO COM
PWM

3.16.1.4 MTU
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 4.90 V
MTU MDEC
2000, 4000

8 SG + SpeedGovChar =
Vout
36 AO COM POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 46

3.16.1.5 Deutz
Sync/Load Ctrl:
24 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
Vout
23 AO COM SpeedGovChar =
DEUTZ

PLUG F
BF6M

POSITIVE
21
Opened for SpeedGovLowLim = 0.5 V
17 0% droop SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V

Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation.

3.16.1.6 Perkins
Sync/Load Ctrl:
connector (ECM connector)

24 (J1/17) SG + Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
Customer interface

Vout
2300, 2800
PERKINS

20 (J1/3) AO COM SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.5 V
2 (J1/49)
SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V
12 (J1/18)

Sync/Load Ctrl:
RPS INPUT SG + Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
PERKINS
1300 EDi

VBREF GND AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.8 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V

Sync/Load Ctrl:
4016 E61 TRS

18 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
Vout
PERKINS

19 AO COM SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V

3.16.1.7 GAC
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
ESD 5500

N SG + SpeedGovChar =
GAC

G AO COM VoutR
NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 47

ESD 5330 Sync/Load Ctrl:
M SG + Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
GAC

AUX
G AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar =
NEGATIVE

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
EGS 104B

25 SG + SpeedGovChar =
GAC

2 AO COM VoutR NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SDG 735

A SG + SpeedGovChar =
GAC

L AO COM VoutR NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V
TauSpeedActuat = 1 s

3.16.1.8 Barber Colman
Barber Colman

Sync/Load Ctrl:
DYNA 8000

9 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 6.00 V
2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 8 V
Barber Colman

Sync/Load Ctrl:
DYN1 10684

9 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 6.00 V
2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 8 V

3.16.1.9 Heinzmann
Heinzman E6

Sync/Load Ctrl:
9 150k SG + Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 48

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Heinzman

9 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
E16

2 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE

5 Sync/Load Ctrl:
Heinzman
KG-1-03F

4 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
3 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
GND

Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
PANDAROS
Heinzman

1 (B3) SG + SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
DC6

3 (A3) AO COM VoutR SpeedGovLowLim = 0.8 V
10k Without resistor
Speed Gov Bias = 2.75 V
Terminals A3 and B3 are on OEM 14-pin connector. SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
Mounted on Perkins 40xx engines. SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V

3.16.1.10 Toho

Sync/Load Ctrl:
11 SG + Speed Gov Bias = 4.00 V
TOHO

8 AO COM VoutR SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
10k

3.16.1.11 ComAp
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.1 V
ECON 4

8 SG + SpeedGovChar =
Vout
7 AO COM POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 49

3.17 CAN bus wiring
The wiring of the CAN bus communication should be provided in such a way that the following rules
are observed:
 The maximum length of the CAN bus depends on the communication speed. For a speed of
250 kbps, which is used on the CAN1 bus (extension modules, ECU) and CAN2 bus if it is
switched to 32C mode, the maximum length is 200 m. If the CAN2 bus is switched to 8C mode
the speed is 50 kbps and the maximum length is 800 m.
 The bus must be wired in linear form with termination resistors at both ends. No nodes are
allowed except on the controller terminals.
NOTE:
A termination resistor at the CAN is already implemented on the PCB. For connecting, close
the jumper near the appropriate CAN terminal.
 Use a cable with following parameters:

Cable type Shielded twisted pair

Impedance 120 Ω

Propagation velocity ≥ 75% (delay ≤ 4.4 ns/m)
2
Wire crosscut ≥ 0.25 mm

Attenuation (@1MHz) ≤ 2dB/100 m

120R 120R

CAN BUS TOPOLOGY

NOTE:
See the website www.can-cia.org for information about the CAN bus, specifications, etc.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 50

1 CAN bus connection The bus has to be terminated by 120 Ω resistors at both ends.cz): DM-006/2 R DJ Recommended data cables: BELDEN (http://www.1-Reference Guide.saltek.phoenixcontact.) – picture 3 We recommend using the following protections:  Phoenix Contact (http://www.phoenixcontact. External units can be connected on the CAN bus line in any order. Shielding has to be connected to PE on one side (controller side). SW version 2. but keeping a line arrangement (no tails. For longer distances: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors) 3. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors) 2. but keeping a line arrangement (no tails. For shorter distances (all network components within one room) – picture 1 Interconnect H and L. shielding connect to PE on controller side 2.com) 1.com) 1. no star) is necessary. L. Standard maximum bus length is 200 m for 32C CAN BUS MODE and 900 m for 8C CAN BUS MODE.18 Recommended CAN/RS485 connection 3. In case of surge hazard (connection out of building in case of storm etc.belden. shielding connect to PE at one point 3. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors) 3.) – picture 3 We recommend using the following protections:  Phoenix Contact (http://www.belden. For shorter distances (all network components within one room) – picture 1 interconnect A and B.saltek.pdf.2 RS485 connection The line has to be terminated by 120 Ω resistors at both ends. In case of surge hazard: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors) NT InteliCompact . External units can be connected on the RS485 line in any order.cz): DM-012/2 R DJ Recommended data cables: BELDEN (http://www. COM. shielding connect to PE on controller side 2. In case of surge hazard (connection out of building in case of storm etc. 1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.18.com): PT 5-HF-12DC-ST with PT2x2-BE (base element)  Saltek (http://www. For longer distances (connection between rooms within one building) – picture 2 interconnect A. shielding connect to PE at one point 3.3. 1. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors) 2.com): PT 5-HF-5DC-ST with PT2x2-BE (base element)(or MT-RS485-TTL)  Saltek (http://www. ©ComAp – May 2015 51 . no star) is necessary. B. Shielding has to be connected to PE on one side (controller side). Standard maximum link length is 1000 m. For longer distances (connection between rooms within one building) – picture 2 Interconnect H. COM. In case of surge hazard: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors) 3.18. Shielded cable must be used. Shielded cable must be used.

IC-NT H COM L PICTURE 2 – LONGER DISTANCES (CONNECTION BETWEEN ROOMS WITHIN ONE BUILDING) 120 Ω 120 Ω PT5-HF-12DC-ST (CAN) PT5HF-5DC-ST (RS485) H/A 2 1 1 2 H/A L/B 6 5 5 6 L/B COM 8 7 IN 7 8 COM OUT IN OUT 12 11 11 12 10 9 9 10 4 3 3 4 PICTURE 3 – SURGE HAZARD (CONNECTION OUT OF BUILDING IN CASE OF STORM ETC.1-Reference Guide.pdf. SW version 2. IC-NT H module COM 120 Addr.) NT InteliCompact . 120 Ω 120 Ω H/A H/A L/B L/B COM COM PICTURE 1 – SHORTER DISTANCES (ALL NETWORK COMPONENTS WITHIN ONE ROOM) 120 CAN1 CAN2 CAN1 H H COM COM L Extension L 1. ©ComAp – May 2015 52 .: 1 L 120 CAN2 CAN1 H COM L 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

The module contains:  8 binary inputs with the same properties and configuration as binary inputs of the controller. ©ComAp – May 2015 53 .3. 0–100 mV.19.19 Extension modules Extension modules are to be enabled and configured using LiteEdit.1-Reference Guide.  4 analog inputs with selectable electrical range by a jumper: 0–250 Ω. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. 3.  8 binary outputs with the same properties and configuration as binary outputs of the controller. suitable for Pt100 and thermocouple sensors NOTE: The controller selection jumper (iS/iG) must be in the iG position for using the module with the NT InteliCompact . 0–20 mA. Extension modules are not contained in the factory default configuration. A separate manual for the IGS-PTM module is available for download on the ComAp web site NT InteliCompact .1 IGS-PTM The IGS-PTM is a DIN Rail mounted extension module that is connected to the controller via a CAN1 bus.

so all binary output functions can be used to drive the LEDs. ©ComAp – May 2015 54 . A separate manual for the IGL-RA15 module is available for download on the ComAp website NT InteliCompact .19.1-Reference Guide. green. In the controller the LEDs are configured like binary outputs. the duration is adjustable and it can be silenced by pressing the horn reset button. yellow). The siren is activated automatically if a new yellow or red LED switches on. SW version 2.  Horn reset and Lamp test buttons.3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.  Binary output for driving an external siren.2 IGL-RA15 remote annunciator The IGL-RA15 module is a remote annunciator that is connected to the controller via a CAN1 bus.pdf. NOTE: THE ADDRESS SELECTION JUMPERS MUST BE IN THE IG POSITION FOR USING THE MODULE WITH THE NT INTELICOMPACT . The module contains:  15 LEDs with configurable colour (red.

p.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4 and higher) it is possible to easily choose if a particular I/O will be binary input or output.pdf. In the LiteEdit PC configuration tool (version 4.19.n. SW version 2. NOTE: The module is compatible with gauges originally designed for resistive sensors. GND.e. 301-010-001 3.n.BATT AO4 AO3 AO2 AO1 +12/24V GND AO8 GND Examples of automotive gauges that can be used with the module:  VDO Oil pressure gauge 0–10 Bar. These gauges have 3 terminals: +BATT. NT InteliCompact .3 IL-NT-AOUT8 The IL-NT-AOUT8 module is to be directly plugged-in into the slot on the rear side of the controller.n. Any of the analog values measured or computed in the controller can be configured to each output and it is possible to configure a different conversion characteristic (curve) for each output.4 IL-NT BIO8 Hybrid binary input/output module IL-NT BIO8 is an optional plug-in card. they have board voltage compensation. i. Through this card the controller can accommodate up to 8 binary inputs or outputs. + BATT Automotive type gauge AO8 AO7 AO6 AO5 . p. SENSOR. 350-010-007  VDO Coolant temperature gauge 40–120 °C.3. 310-010-002  VDO Fuel level 0-1/1. p.19. The module contains 8 PWM open collector type outputs. ©ComAp – May 2015 55 .1-Reference Guide. The outputs are specially designed for driving analog automotive type gauges.

©ComAp – May 2015 56 . Once you have inserted it. Installing the IL-NT BIO8 module is similar to installing the RS 232 module. you must open the cover first (use a screwdriver to open) and then insert the module into the slot.5 A Maximum switching common current 2A Maximum switching voltage 36 V DC NOTE: Binary inputs are not galvanically isolated.1-Reference Guide. the module will snap under the plastic teeth. BINARY INPUTS Number of inputs 8 Input resistance 4. 8 dedicated pins of the plug-in card’s terminal can be configured as binary inputs or outputs. Should you need to remove it. SW version 2. The difference is that module fits into the “extension module” slot and after installing the IL-NT BIO8 you do not put the small cover back.8 V DC Voltage level for open contact indication (Logical 0) > 2 V DC Max voltage level for open contact indication 8–36 V DC BINARY OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS Number of outputs 8 Maximum current per pin 0.To insert the module.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the safest way is to remove the entire back cover and then remove the module manually. NT InteliCompact . BATT+ K1 REL K21 K2 OUT BIO1 BIO2 IN BIO3 K11 BIO4 BIO5 BIO6 BIO7 IN BIO8 SW1 BATT- BATT- + - BATTERY Technical details: NT IL-NT BIO8 plugs into the InteliCompact controller EXTENSION MODULE port.7 kΩ Input range 0–36 V DC Voltage level for close contact indication (Logical 1) < 0. It is supposed to be installed permanently.pdf.

5 IC-NT CT-BIO7 Hybrid current input and binary input/output module (SPtM) IC-NT CT-BIO7 is an optional plug-in card.1 Max measured current from CT 10 A Current measurement tolerance 2% from Nominal current Max peak current from CT 150 A / 1 s Max continuous current 10 A (All values in RMS) NT InteliCompact . NOTE: Current measuring input is intended to measure one phase (AC) current of mains and to limit Export/Import to/from mains to zero value during parallel to mains operation. This is the case of the SPtM application. Installing the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is similar to installing the RS 232 module. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 57 . 7 dedicated pins of the plug-in card’s terminal can be configured as binary inputs or outputs. In the LiteEdit PC configuration tool (version 4. The difference is that module fits into the “extension module” slot and after installing the IC-NT CT-BIO7 you do not put the small cover back. Once you have inserted it.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3.19. the safest way is to remove the entire back cover and then remove the module manually.4 and higher) it is possible to easily choose if particular I/O will be binary input or output. Should you need to remove it. you must open the cover first (use a screwdriver to open) and then insert the module into the slot.1-Reference Guide.pdf. the module will snap under the plastic teeth. so current input of the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is useful for SPtM controllers only. MAINS BATT+ L K K1 l k L3 REL K21 K2 CT l 0-5A CT k OUT BIO1 BIO2 IN BIO3 K11 BIO4 BIO5 BIO6 IN BIO7 SW1 BATT- + - BATTERY Technical details: NT IC-NT CT-BIO7 plugs into InteliCompact controller EXTENSION MODULE port. It is supposed to be installed permanently. To insert the module. CURRENT MEASURING INPUT Number of inputs 1 Nominal input current (from CT) 5A Load (CT output impedance) < 0. Through this card the controller can accommodate one AC current (CT) measuring input and up to 7 binary inputs or outputs.

but the machines! NT InteliCompact .1 Earth fault current measurement The Earth Fault protection is done by the extension module IC-NT-BIO7. Peak Load shaving function 3.BINARY INPUTS Number of inputs 7 Input resistance 4.pdf.7 kΩ Input range 0–36 V DC Voltage level for close contact indication (Logical 1) < 0. When the measured current exceeds the set value.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Earth Fault current protection . Earth Fault protection is not active when gen-set does not run and the Im/EF input parameter is not set to “EarthFltC”.5. the Earth Fault Sd protection and AL EarthFault output are activated.1-Reference Guide.8 V DC Voltage level for open contact indication (Logical 0) > 2 V DC Max voltage level for open contact indication 8–36 V DC BINARY OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS Number of outputs 7 Maximum current per pin 0.5 A Maximum switching common current 2A Maximum switching voltage 36 V DC NOTE: Binary inputs are not galvanically isolated. SW version 2. and when the set Earth Fault Del time elapses. Usage of CT measuring via the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module: . Earth Fault [A] Earth Fault Sd Time [s] AL Earth Fault 1 0 Time [s] Earth Fault Del CAUTION! Earth fault current measurement is not intended to protect human health.19. which indicates that part of the current is dispersed to earth. ©ComAp – May 2015 58 .

The module is to be plugged-in into the slot in the rear side of the controller.3. The slot is accessible after the slot cover is removed. DB9M connector is used on the RS232 side.pdf. 3.1 IL-NT RS232 This module contains a RS232 port with all modem signals connected internally to the COM1 of the controller.20 Communication modules A communication module enables connection of a remote computer or other remote device such as a PLC to the controller. SERIAL “CROSS-WIRED” CABLE 2 2 DB9M DB9M 3 3 5 5 To controller To PC COM RS232 port port RS232 PINOUT AND CABLE WIRING NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 59 . More information about how to use communication modules can be found in the chapter Communications. SLOT FOR COMMUNICATION MODULES NOTE: The modules are compatible with the IL-NT controllers also.20.1-Reference Guide.

RS485 balancing resistor RS232 jumpers COM1 Boot jumper RS485 120R terminator jumper B (RxTx -) RS485 GND COM2 A (RxTx +) +5V RS485 internal wiring Balancing resistor A Terminator A GND GND Balancing B resistor B IL-NT RS232-485 MODULE 3. The driver creates a virtual serial port (COM) in the PC.3. NOTE: When the USB cable from the controller is plugged for the first time into different USB ports on the PC including USB hubs.20.20. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. it may be recognized as new hardware and the drivers will be installed again with a different number of the virtual serial port. The RS232 is connected to COM1 and RS485 to COM2.2 IL-NT RS232-485 The IL-NT RS232-485 is a dual port module with RS232 and RS485 interfaces at independent COM channels. NOTE: The FTDI driver is installed together with LiteEdit. CAUTION! Use a shielded USB cable only! NT InteliCompact .pdf. This module requires a FTDI USB Serial converter driver installed in the PC.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3 IL-NT S-USB This module contains a USB slave port connected internally to the COM1 of the controller and is designed as an easily removable service module. which must be used in LiteEdit as communication port when a connection is being opened. ©ComAp – May 2015 60 .

for sending active e-mails and for integration of the controller into a building management (Modbus/TCP protocol).20.3.4 IB-Lite IB-Lite is a plug-in module with Ethernet 10/100 Mbit interface in RJ45 connector. The module is internally connected to both COM1 and COM2 serial channels and provides an interface for connecting a PC with LiteEdit or InteliMonitor through an Ethernet/internet network. The module can also be connected directly to a PC using cross-wired UTP cable. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 61 .pdf.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. RJ45 Ethernet “Restore default settings” jumper IB-LITE MODULE Use an Ethernet UTP cable with a RJ45 connector for linking the module with your Ethernet network. RJ45 RJ45 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 CROSS-WIRED UTP 10/100Mbit CABLE CROSS-WIRED UTP CABLE NT InteliCompact .

WARNING NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. USE INSTEAD A WIRED CONNECTION LIKE RS232.5 IL-NT GPRS This plug-in module is a GSM/GPRS modem which can work in two modes of operation based on the settings in the setpoint COM1 Mode. IL-NT GPRS MODULE AND GSM/GPRS SCREEN ON IC-NT DISPLAY The communication module IL-NT GPRS works with:  WebSupervisor – internet-based remote monitoring solution  AirGate – powerful connection technology to make internet access as simple as possible  Locate – localization technology NOTE: GPRS and CSD services must be provided by your GSM/GPRS operator for successful operation.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 3.20. RS485 OR ETHERNET VIA IB-LITE! NOTE: It is necessary to power the controller and individually the IL-NT GPRS module as well.  Settings DIRECT = the module works in a GPRS network and enables connection via AirGate to LiteEdit and WebSupervisor as well as sending SMS alarms.pdf. NOTE: THE GPRS AND CSD CONNECTION SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR THE FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCESS. USB. SW version 2.The communication module IB-Lite works with:  WebSupervisor – internet-based remote monitoring solution  AirGate – powerful connection technology to make internet access as simple as possible NOTE: The module requires some setup before initial usage. ©ComAp – May 2015 62 .  Settings MODEM = the module works as a standard GSM modem enabling a CSD (Circuit Switch Data) connection to the controller with LiteEdit or InteliMonitor and sending SMS alarms. See the chapter IB-Lite setup procedure.

gcb close Closing GCB in MAN and TEST mode. yyyy. etc. d30. Where the “#” mark means the controller access code. The controller will send back the SMS: #IC-NT-Test: man<OK>. mcb close Closing MCB in MAN and TEST mode (only in IC-NT SPTM). gcb open Opening GCB in MAN and TEST mode. gcb_open<OK>. test Switching to TEST mode. 3. stop. d300.d_ok.d_ok.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. help Get a list of available SMS requests. SW version 2. d10.d_ok. 3.Any manipulation of the IL-NT GPRS module should be done only without voltage.2 Event SMS NT The InteliCompact controller equipped with the IL-NT GPRS communication module is able to send Event SMS according to the setting in the SMS/Email setpoint group: NT InteliCompact . stop Stop the engine in MAN mode. fault reset Acknowledging alarms and deactivating the horn output.gcb_close<OK>. off Switching to OFF mode. aut Switching to AUT mode. mcb open Opening MCB in MAN and TEST mode (only in IC-NT SPTM).pdf.5.1 SMS Commands NT To control the gen-set equipped with InteliCompact controller and IL-NT GPRS communication module (or modem) via SMS requests. The engine will be started and after 10 s the controller will start the synchronization process and the GCB will close. zzzz.d_ok. the engine will stop with a 30 s delay and it will go into AUT mode. with the IL-NT GPRS module and access code “0” receives the SMS: 0 man. to the telephone number of the SIM card in your IL-NT-GPRS module (or modem). ©ComAp – May 2015 63 . man Switching to MAN mode. etc. “xxxx” means the Command 1. status Get status information from controller unit. “yyyy” is Command 2. send an SMS in the structure of: # xxxx. NOTE: The value “OK” in an SMS means that the command was successfully transmitted to the controller.1-Reference Guide.5. with a controller name of “IC-NT-Test”. gcb open. in AUT mode. aut the mode will be changed to MANUAL. d30. Potential errors/alarms during execution of commands are shown in Event SMS if is set (as is described below).start<OK>.20. Example: When the controller. After 300 s (from the point of starting synchronization) the GCB will open (after the “GCB Opens Del” setpoint). gcb close.20. start.stop<OK>.aut<OK> if all conditions are correct. “zzzz” is Command 3. Table of SMS requests: start Start the engine in MAN mode.

Engine Start/Stop o Manual Start/Stop o Remote Start/Stop o Gen Peak Start/Stop o PMS StartStop (as Power Management System Start/Stop) o AMF Start/Stop (as Automatic Mains Failure Start/Stop) o Test Start/Gen-set Stop . NT InteliCompact . hh:mm:ss Load on Mains hh:mm:ss AMF Stop 3. The internet connection can be enabled via the built-in cellular modem supporting 2G and 3G networks or via Ethernet cable. AirGate support .6 InternetBridge-NT The InternetBridge-NT (IB-NT) is a communication module that allows connection of a single controller as well as a whole site to the internet or a Local Area Network.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.  Event Msg – enable/disable sending of event SMS  Tel No/Addr Ch1 or Tel No/Addr Ch2 – field for administrator’s GSM phone number The following events can be received by mobile phone: .pdf. Direct Ethernet connection to ComAp configuration and monitoring tools (LiteEdit.2 SW and newer. ©ComAp – May 2015 64 .1-Reference Guide. InteliMonitor or WebSupervisor) .yyyy] hh:mm:ss Mains Fail hh:mm:ss AMF Start hh:mm:ss Load on Genset hh:mm:ss Mains Returned hh:mm:ss Parallel Oper. Parallel Operation .mm. Mains Fail .g. Test On Load Message structure (e. For further information and options that can be set. see IB-NT Reference Guide. Load on Genset .): Genset Name [hh:mm:ss dd. NT For InteliCompact the following functions are available: . SW version 2. Mains Returned . Load on Mains . Web interface NOTE: NT Support of InteliCompact controllers is in IB-NT 1.20.

The IC-NT controller supports most of the J1939-based ECU types as well as Cummins Modbus ECU. coolant temperature. ignition. The most commonly used interface is the CAN bus with the SAE J1939 protocol or sometimes also the RS485 with the MODBUS protocol. SW version 2. a gen- set. sensors and actuators in an EFI-engine application compared to a classic one. a vehicle.21.21. New ECU types are added to the firmware as they appear in the field. intake air flow.1.) to provide engine operational data. and controls various actuators like injectors. The ECU is fitted directly on the engine.21 EFI engines To meet requests for low fuel consumption. alarm conditions and also to enable remote control. 3. The J1939 specification is partially open.pdf.1-Reference Guide. All this information is being communicated between the controller and the ECU via the communication bus. Most of the ECUs also have a communication interface to the rest of the system (e. it measures various engine parameters like speed. 3. no pickup and no governor.1 Differences between a classic and EFI-engine application The main difference is less wiring. modern engines are electronically controlled by an "Engine Control Unit" (ECU).3. This is why each new ECU type obviously needs slight modification of the controller firmware to support the particular ECU. etc. etc. which means that each engine producer may have a slightly different implementation of the J1939 protocol. The J1939 protocol was introduced by the SAE organization originally for the automotive industry but now is often used also for other engine applications. etc. to achieve optimal operating conditions of the engine.g. a pump.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. valves. low emissions and high reliability. The typical wiring of an EFI-engine application shows that there are no analog sensors. ©ComAp – May 2015 65 .1 Data received from the ECU (if available in the particular ECU) OBJECT TYPE ALARM COMMENTS Engine speed Analog Shutdown (Over speed) Oil pressure Analog Configurable Coolant temperature Analog Configurable Oil temperature Analog None Boost pressure Analog None Intake temperature Analog None Percentage of load at current speed Analog None Fuel rate Analog None Fuel level Analog Configurable Engine hours Analog None Yellow lamp Binary Warning Red lamp Binary Shutdown Engine hours Analog None NT InteliCompact .

In that case. switches. controller will prefer that value instead of internal calculation 3. 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 66 .2 Data sent to the ECU (if supported by the particular ECU) OBJECT TYPE COMMENTS Speed request (governor output) Analog Start request Binary Stop request Binary Idle/Nominal switch Binary Shutdown override Binary Frequency selection switch Binary 50/60Hz selection 3. Coolant temperature and Fuel level can be configured as source values for the controller analog inputs 1.pdf. - * MTU ADEC Yes Yes Yes MTU SMART Connect Yes Yes Yes Waukesha ESM No No No NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide.3 ECU alarms Alarms (diagnostic messages) are read from the ECU and displayed in the ECU Alarmlist 3.4 Supported ECU types SUPPORTED ECU (ENGINE) TYPES AND THEIR REMOTE CONTROL CAPABILITIES ECU TYPE REMOTE START REMOTE STOP REMOTE SPEED CONTROL * Standard J1939 Engine No No Yes Scania S6 Singlespeed Yes Yes Yes Scania S8 Singlespeed Yes Yes Yes Volvo EMSI Singlespeed / EMSII Yes Yes Yes * Deutz EMR2 No Yes Yes * Deutz EMR3 Yes Yes Yes Deutz EMR4 No Yes Yes * Cummins CM570 Yes Yes Yes Cummins CM850/CM2150/CM2250 No No No Cummins MODBUS .21. all analog input- related things like protections. 3 instead of physical terminals. . work the same way as if physical terminals are used. etc.1.1.1. SW version 2. In case there is valid value of Running Hours (Engine Hours) coming from ECU.NOTE: The ECU values Oil pressure.21.21.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

ECU List 5.0 firmware.9 is part of the IC-NT 2. * Iveco ADEMIII (Vector) Yes Yes Yes * Iveco EDC (Cursor) No No Yes * John Deere No No Yes * Perkins ECM No No Yes Perkins 1300 No Yes No * SISU EEM3 Genset No No Yes * Caterpillar J1939 No No Yes * DDC DDEC IV/V No No Yes * VM Industrial No No Yes VM Marine No Yes Yes MAN MFR Yes Yes Yes SISU EEM3 Yes Yes No * GM MEFI6 No No Yes * GM SECM No No Yes GM e-control No No Yes GM e-control LCI No No Yes ISUZU ECM Yes Yes Yes DaimlerChrysler ADM2 Yes Yes Yes JCB Delphi No No Yes * standard TSC1 frame NOTE: NT Support for electronics engines was unified with the InteliLite Comap controller family. ©ComAp – May 2015 67 .1-Reference Guide. please download the latest release of the document ComAp Electronic Engines Support from http://www.cz or contact technical support for more information.9 or higher for proper function with the InteliCompact 2.comap.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Please use NT the ECU List version 5. If you cannot find your ECU type in the list.0 Installation Suite. Support of new ECU types is continuously added to the new firmware releases. SW version 2.pdf. NT InteliCompact .

modules Governor Analog LOAD AVRi inputs Pickup Power InteliCompact .22 Typical wiring – EFI engine Generator voltage Mains voltage Binary inputs SHUTDOWN ALARM D+ (L) Generator current SHUTDOWN ALARM SPtM +B IC-NT Communication module Extension module W -B CAN1 FULL Ext. BUT REQUIRED! .1 Binary outputs RPM GND AO GND AI COM AVR+ COM RPM BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 BO5 BO6 BO7 BO8 SG+ AI1 AI2 AI3 D+ H + L - ALARM NT SUPPRESION DIODES ARE NOT INDICATED. 68 AVRi-TRANS AC 230V LOAD IG-AVRi ENGINE MAINS INLET GENERATOR GCB MCB CAN SAE J1939 ECU AVR STARTER KEY SWITCH (15) InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. SW version 2. TRIP ALARM N N 3.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 REM START/STOP - EMERGENCY STOP + ACCESS LOCK TYPICAL WIRING OF AN EFI ENGINE IN SPTM APPLICATION WARNING ALARM COM BI9 BI1 BI2 BI3 BI4 BI5 BI6 BI8 BI7 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 EL.

69 AVRi-TRANS AC 230V LOAD IG-AVRi ENGINE MAINS INLET GENERATOR GCB MCB GOVERNOR AVR STARTER FUEL SOLENOID GLOW PLUGS THIS WIRING CORRESPONDS TO FACTORY DEFAULT SPTM CONFIGURATION InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.pdf.1 Binary outputs RPM GND AO GND AI COM AVR+ COM BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 BO5 BO6 BO7 BO8 RPM SG+ AI1 AI2 AI3 D+ + H - L SPEED PICKUP ALARM NT SUPPRESION DIODES ARE NOT INDICATED.1-Reference Guide. modules Governor Analog LOAD AVRi inputs Pickup Power InteliCompact .23 Typical wiring – classic engine ACCESS LOCK + WARNING ALARM COM BI9 BI1 BI2 BI3 BI4 BI5 BI6 BI8 BI7 EL. TRIP ALARM L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N N Generator voltage Mains voltage Binary inputs SHUTDOWN ALARM Generator current D+ (L) SHUTDOWN ALARM SPtM IC-NT Communication module +B Extension module W -B CAN1 FULL Ext. BUT REQUIRED! . ©ComAp – May 2015 REM START/STOP - EMERGENCY STOP FUEL LEVEL OIL PRESSURE ANALOG INPUTS GND COOLANT TEMPERATURE 3.

70 AVRi-TRANS AC 230V IG-AVRi ENGINE COMMON GENERATOR BUSBAR GCB GOVERNOR AVR STARTER FUEL SOLENOID GLOW PLUGS THIS WIRING CORRESPONDS TO FACTORY DEFAULT MINT CONFIGURATION InteliCompact-NT-2. BUT REQUIRED! NETWORK CAN TO OTHER CONTROLLERS .1-Reference Guide.1 SPEED PICKUP ALARM NT NETWORK CAN TO OTHER CONTROLLERS MCB FEEDBACK SYS START/STOP SUPPRESION DIODES ARE NOT INDICATED.pdf. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 - EMERGENCY STOP FUEL LEVEL OIL PRESSURE ANALOG INPUTS GND COOLANT TEMPERATURE ACCESS LOCK + PRIORITY 0 COM BI9 BI1 BI2 BI3 BI4 BI5 BI6 BI8 BI7 MIN RUN POWER L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N N Generator voltage Mains voltage Binary inputs WARNING ALARM Generator current D+ (L) SHUTDOWN ALARM MINT IC-NT Communication module +B Extension module W -B CAN1 SYST RES Ext. modules Governor Analog OK AVRi inputs Pickup Power CAN2 Network Binary outputs RPM GND AO GND AI COM AVR+ BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 BO5 BO6 BO7 BO8 COM COM RPM SG+ AI1 D+ AI2 AI3 + - H H L L InteliCompact .

BATT + BATT EMERGENCY STOP INPUT OUTPUTS SUPPRESION DIODES ARE NOT INDICATED.24 Emergency Stop The Emergency Stop function can be made in two ways:  Connecting a normally closed “mushroom-type” button to the binary input Emergency Stop. ©ComAp – May 2015 71 .pdf.  A hard-wired solution. This is a purely software solution. . BUT REQUIRED! HARD-WIRED EMERGENCY STOP NT InteliCompact . where the button also disconnects the power supply from the controller outputs.1-Reference Guide.3. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

NOTE: It is not possible to update firmware when the connection is offline! 5. ©ComAp – May 2015 72 . CONFIGURATION WINDOW IN LITEEDIT 4. select the appropriate firmware and press the OK button. start LiteEdit. The latest installation and/or import packages are available for download at www.4 Putting it into operation 4.1-Reference Guide.pdf. Please register to get access to the download page. 3.cz. Create an online connection to the controller and save the archive for backup purposes.comap. Go to the menu Controller -> Programming and cloning -> Programming. The selected firmware will be programmed into your controller.1 Programming the configuration The controller is delivered with a default configuration that should fit most standard applications. Please refer to the LiteEdit manual or help file for information on using LiteEdit for changing the particular items of the configuration and writing the configuration to the controller.2 Programming the firmware Although the controller is delivered with the latest firmware available at the moment of production. To perform the import. NT InteliCompact . Firmware of standard branch and major versions are distributed and installed together with the LiteEdit installation package. 6. 4. it may be necessary to upgrade the firmware in future. do not open any connections.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Nevertheless you may need to modify it because your application is different. The import package is a file with the IWE extension. Release versions and branches are distributed as import packages that need to be imported into LiteEdit. Registration is free. 2. SW version 2. The process of programming the firmware involves the following steps: 1. go to Options -> Import firmware and select the appropriate file. First you need the requested firmware.

3. Follow the instructions given there. 1. ©ComAp – May 2015 73 . Select controller address 1. 4. In such a case the controller has a blank display and does not communicate with the PC. new firmware cannot be programmed in the standard way. Disconnect the power supply from the controller.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 2. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. 6. Follow the instructions in the message that appears and finally press the OK button. NT InteliCompact . Another message will appear when programming is finished. during a previous firmware upgrade. 4. CAUTION! The configuration reverts to the default after firmware has been programmed.pdf. You must re-program the configuration if the default one is not appropriate for your application! CAUTION! Also some setpoints may have incorrect values after new firmware was programmed. Connect the proper communication cable between the controller and PC. Other firmware is disabled and cannot be selected for programming. select the appropriate firmware and press the OK button. This situation can occur if the connection between the PC and the controller was interrupted e. insert a communication module and close the boot-jumper. Wait until the bottom line of LiteEdit shows a red line with the text "DDE server: Error". The boot-jumper must be used to get valid firmware into the controller.3 Programming a non-responsive controller If the controller does not contain valid firmware. Go to the menu Controller -> Programming and cloning -> Programming. Start LiteEdit and open an online connection according to the module used.g. 5. Please check all setpoints after programming. BOOT-JUMPER ON IL-NT RS232 NOTE: See the communication modules chapter for information about boot-jumper position on other modules.NOTE: It is possible to program only firmware compatible with the currently attached controller.

4. SW version 2. warning + shutdown alarm AI2 Water temperature Sensor VDO 120 deg.5.5 Factory default configuration 4. CONFIGURED FUNCTION BO1 Starter BO2 Fuel Solenoid BO3 GCB Close/Open BO4 MCB Close/Open BO5 Prestart BO6 Alarm BO7 Horn BO8 None ANALOG INPUTS NO. warning + shutdown alarm AI3 Fuel level Sensor VDO 180 Ohm. INPUT NAME CONFIGURED SENSOR AI1 Oil pressure Sensor VDO 10 Bar. warning alarm NOTE: A wiring diagram that corresponds to the factory default SPtM configuration is available in a separate chapter in the “Installation” section of this manual.1 SPtM SPtM only BINARY INPUTS NO. DESCRIPTION CONFIGURED FUNCTION BI1 Generator circuit breaker feedback GCB Feedback BI2 Mains circuit breaker feedback MCB Feedback BI3 Remote start/stop Rem Start/Stop BI4 Emergency stop button Emergency Stop BI5 Access lock keyswitch Access Lock BI6 Warning alarm None BI7 Electrical trip alarm (BOC) None BI8 Shutdown alarm None BI9 Shutdown alarm None BINARY OUTPUTS NO.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 74 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NT InteliCompact .pdf.

warning + shutdown alarm AI2 Water temperature Sensor VDO 120 deg. CONFIGURED FUNCTION BO1 Starter BO2 Fuel Solenoid BO3 GCB Close/Open BO4 BO5 Prestart BO6 Alarm BO7 Horn BO8 SystReserve OK ANALOG INPUTS NO. DESCRIPTION CONFIGURED FUNCTION BI1 Generator circuit breaker feedback GCB Feedback BI2 Mains circuit breaker feedback MCB Feedback BI3 System start/stop Sys Start/Stop BI4 Emergency stop button Emergency Stop BI5 Access lock keyswitch Access Lock BI6 Highest priority switch Top Priority BI7 Large load preparation switch Min Run Power BI8 Warning alarm None BI9 Shutdown alarm None BINARY OUTPUTS NO. INPUT NAME CONFIGURED SENSOR AI1 Oil pressure Sensor VDO 10 Bar.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.5.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 75 . warning alarm NT InteliCompact .2 MINT MINT only BINARY INPUTS NO. warning + shutdown alarm AI3 Fuel level Sensor VDO 180 Ohm.4.pdf.

especially if you do not use a pickup for speed sensing. because the regulation loops need sufficient reserve of the output range on both sides to work correctly. Leave the gen-set running and adjust the governor and/or AVRi so that the gen-set will have a speed and voltage near to the nominal values. 8. NOTE: This guide is not a handbook for a beginner. SW version 2.4. fuel solenoid and CT ratio. overspeed.pdf. 7. ©ComAp – May 2015 76 . you can also slightly change the bias setpoints.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. but it is focused on things specific for ComAp controllers and expects sufficient knowledge and skills in the field of generating sets! WARNING! Some parts of the generator. Adjust the setpoint Phase Window to 0. be sure that the MCB and GCB are protected against accidental switching when you are working in the switchboard. Adjust all generator and engine protections according to your needs including the delays. If the configuration has been modified.1-Reference Guide. Press the GCB button to start the synchronizing. Adjust all setpoints related to engine start and stabilization phase. Adjust bias setpoints for the governor and AVRi output to the recommended levels and adjust all delays for generator protections to high values to have enough time for making adjustments on a running gen-set. 6. 4. write it to the controller 3. It supposes that the switchboard wiring has been already checked.6 Step-by-step guide In the following you will find several steps which you should carry out when you are putting a gen-set into operation. 9. The voltage must be near to 0V when the synchroscope is in a 12 o'clock position and near to 2*Unominal when it is in a 6 o'clock position. This adjustment will disable issuing of the GCB close command during synchronization. Check the controller configuration according to the wiring diagram of the switchboard. If you have an SPtM application. Check all three phases. 11. NOTE: The bias setpoints must not be near the limits for the particular output. Disconnect the binary outputs from the controller before connecting the power supply. If it is not possible to achieve this by turning the trim on the AVRi and/or governor. engine and switchboard may carry dangerous voltage which can cause injury or death when touched! WARNING! Rotating parts of the gen-set can catch hair or clothing and cause serious injury. Check all settings regarding speed sensing and additional running information. gear teeth. check if the synchroscope indication on the controller screen matches the voltage. Connect the binary outputs back. Write all setpoints from the default archive and then go through them and readjust all of them if it is necessary. 1. 5. using a voltmeter connected directly over the contactor. then start the gen-set in MAN mode and then make fine readjustments. 2. 10. NT InteliCompact . but the synchronization itself will be performed normally for the whole adjusted time. Pay special attention to nominal values. Then.

power factor. frequency and angle regulation loops to achieve fast and reliable synchronization. Adjust the setpoint Phase Window back to your desired value (typically 3–7°). Synchronize the gen-set with the mains or other gen-sets. Adjust the setpoints for power. SW version 2. Adjust the setpoints for voltage. 14. 15.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. 13. Check the rest of the setpoints and then save the archive to disk for backup purposes. NT InteliCompact . load-sharing and VARsharing loops. ©ComAp – May 2015 77 . The voltmeter must show minimum voltage in all phases when the synchroscope is in 12 o’clock position GCB MIN MAX OPEN V O I The voltmeter must show maximum voltage in all phases when the synchroscope is in 6 o’clock position GCB MIN MAX OPEN V O I 12.1-Reference Guide.

See the Engine cool down and stop chapter in the Reference Guide to learn more about the stop sequence.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. STOP button.1-Reference Guide. SW version 2.5 Operator guide 5. Press this button to initiate the start 1 sequence of the engine. See the Engine start chapter in the Reference Guide to learn more about the start sequence. ©ComAp – May 2015 78 . NT InteliCompact . Inactive alarms will disappear immediately and 3 status of active alarms will be changed to "confirmed" so they will disappear as soon as their causes are dismissed. Use this button to deactivate the horn output without 4 acknowledging the alarms. Repeatedly pressing or holding the button for more than twice will cancel the current phase of stop sequence (like ramping the 2 power down or cooling) and the next phase will continue. Works in MAN mode only. Use this button to acknowledge alarms and deactivate the horn output. Works in MAN mode only. HORN RESET button. FAULT RESET button. Learn more about alarms in the Alarm management chapter in the Reference Guide.pdf.1 Front panel elements 16 5 6 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 18 19 20 17 15 14 8 13 12 7 GEN-SET CONTROL BUTTONS POSITION DESCRIPTION START button. Press this button to initiate the stop sequence of the gen-set.

Use this button to change the mode. This green indicator shows if the bus is under voltage or not. MCB button. 8 CAUTION! You can disconnect the load from the mains supply with this button! Be sure you are well aware of what you are about to do! GEN-SET OPERATION INDICATORS POSITION DESCRIPTION General alarm. Works in MAN and TEST modes only. This green indicator lights up if the generator voltage and frequency is within the limits. SW version 2. This green indicator blinks if the reverse synchronizing is currently in 13 progress. otherwise it shows the current status of the mains circuit breaker according to the feedback input. ©ComAp – May 2015 79 . GCB button. The button works only if the main screen with the indicator of the currently selected mode is displayed. MCB position. This red indicator starts blinking when mains failure is detected. DISPLAY AND DISPLAY CONTROL BUTTONS POSITION DESCRIPTION NT InteliCompact . See the Connecting to the load chapter in the Reference Guide for details. Note that certain conditions 7 must be fulfilled otherwise GCB closing (starting of synchronization) is blocked. This green indicator lights up if the mains are evaluated as healthy. Press this button to open or close the GCB or start synchronizing manually. 12 Bus under voltage. MODE LEFT button. Works in MAN and TEST modes only. After 15 the gen-set has started and is about to take the load. Mains voltage OK. It blinks if a new alarm has appeared and is still not acknowledged. 10 NOTE: The limits for the generator voltage and frequency are given by setpoints in the Gener Protect group. MODE RIGHT button. 14 See the AMF function chapter in the Reference Guide for details about mains evaluation. otherwise it shows the current status of the generator circuit breaker according to the feedback input.pdf. it lights up permanently until the mains failure disappears. This green indicator blinks if the forward synchronizing is currently in 11 progress. Press this button to open or close the MCB or start the reverse synchronizing manually. GCB position. Mains failure. Gen-set voltage OK. Use this button to change the mode.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The button works only if the main screen with the indicator of the currently selected mode is displayed.1-Reference Guide. 6 NOTE: This button will not work if the controller mode is forced by one of the binary inputs listed in the Reference Guide in the Operating modes chapter. This red indicator lights up if at least one alarm is present in the alarm 9 list. 5 NOTE: This button will not work if the controller mode is forced by one of the binary inputs listed in the Reference Guide in the Operating modes chapter.

The button does not work. 5.2 User interface modes The user interface consists of two modes:  User mode allows the user to go through all screens with measurements and alarms. The Setpoints page contains all setpoints organized into groups and also a special group for entering the password. 3. Use this button to move up or increase value.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. i. Use the button to switch over the pages. oil pressure. 1. ENTER button. SW version 2.e. Use this button to finish editing a setpoint or move right in the 20 history page. 5. Use this button to switch across display pages. 128x64 pixels PAGE button.3 Display screens and pages structure The displayed information is structured into “pages” and “screens”. ©ComAp – May 2015 80 . The Measurement page consists of screens which display measured values like voltages.  Engineer mode gives qualified personnel full access to all pages and screens. current. NT InteliCompact . The contents of each particular screen may be slightly different according to the firmware branch and version. setpoints and history pages are not accessible. See the chapter User interface mode selection to learn how to change the user interface mode. Use this button to move down or decrease value.pdf. 19 DOWN button. 16 Graphic B/W display. The History log page shows the history log in order with the last record displayed first. See the next 17 chapter for details about display pages and screens structure 18 UP button. etc. NOTE: The picture below shows the structure of displayed data.1-Reference Guide. and computed values such as gen-set power. statistic data and the alarm list on the last screen. 2.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 81 . ENGINEER MODE ONLY MEASUREMENT SETPOINTS P O HISTORY LOG Time Date 16:00:00 16/11/2011 >15:00:00 16/11/2011 14:35:00 16/11/2011 19:20:00 14/11/2011 -1 Time Stamp STRUCTURE OF THE DISPLAYED DATA NT InteliCompact .pdf. SW version 2.

SW version 2. Press the button to confirm the change or to discard it and return to the list of setpoints of the selected group. NT InteliCompact .5 Setpoints – view and change 1.5. 2. 3. ©ComAp – May 2015 82 .4 View measured values Press the button repeatedly until you see the main screen with the kW meter and mode selector.pdf. Use the or buttons again to select the setpoint you want to modify and press . The rate of changing the value will accelerate when the button is held down.1-Reference Guide. Then press or to select the requested screen within the measurement page. 5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 4. Then select the desired group by pressing the or buttons and finally press the button to continue to the selected group. Press the button repeatedly until you see a screen with a list of setpoint groups. Now you will see the list of setpoints which belong to the selected group together with their current setting. The current value of the setpoint will appear in the right part under the setpoint name and you can change it by pressing the or buttons. Continue by changing another setpoint or press to return to the list of groups. MODE SELECTOR BREAKERS STATUS ENGINE STATUS POWER FACTOR ENGINE SPEED CURRENT PROCESS TIMER ACTIVE POWER THE MAIN SCREEN 5.

the latest (newest) record is “0” and older records have "-1". Use the button to move over columns within the selected record. ©ComAp – May 2015 83 .6 Browsing the history log 1. 3.pdf. Press the button to select another display page. SW version 2. Pressing it repeatedly will move cyclically through the columns.LIST OF GROUPS OF SETPOINTS LIST OF SETPOINTS WITHIN SELECTED GROUP EDITING A SETPOINT 5. i.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 2. after the last column the first one will be displayed. 4.e.1-Reference Guide. "-2". NT InteliCompact . NOTE: The records are numbered in reverse order. Use the buttons and to move over the records. Press the button repeatedly until you see the main history log screen with the reason column and the latest record. i.e. etc.

i. 5. ©ComAp – May 2015 84 . 000225 (00E1h) DTC numeric form *000600 (00258h) Inactive unconfirmed alarm.  Press the button to reset alarms. It can be also displayed manually as described in the chapter View measured values. the appropriate alarm conditions are still present. This means the alarm is still not acknowledged (confirmed). If the main screen is displayed.1-Reference Guide. This means the alarm is no longer active.pdf.  Use the button to move over the alarms in the ECU Alarmlist.  Inactive alarms are displayed as black text on a white background. Do not take these values into account.MAIN HISTORY LOG SCREEN NOTE: The first history record after the controller is switched on. the appropriate alarm conditions are gone.  Unconfirmed alarms are displayed with an asterisk. Number of Active confirmed alarm alarms Active uncorfirmed alarm Inactive unconfirmed alarm ALARMLIST Active but confirmed alarm Ecu AlarmList Selected alarm indicator EngOil Press >EngOil Active confirmed alarm.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. programmed or watchdog reset occurs contains diagnostic values instead of operational values. ________________________ DTC numeric form FC 100 OC 1 FMI 1 Selected alarm details ECU ALARMLIST NT InteliCompact . i. SW version 2. Some fields in these records may have nonsense values.e.7 Browsing alarms The Alarmlist and ECU Alarmlist are displayed on the last two screens in the measurement page. then the Alarmlist screen will appear automatically whenever a new alarm occurs.  Active alarms are displayed as white text on a black background. This means the alarm is still active.e. Details of the selected alarm are displayed in the bottom line.

Press the button again to switch to the user interface mode selection screen. 2. This screen also contains the serial number and password decode number. 5. 5. Press the button repeatedly until you will see the main controller screen with the mode selector and kW analog meter.NOTE: The ECU AlarmList is visible only if an ECU is configured. NOTE: It is possible to change only passwords of the same or lower level than the currently entered password! NOTE: Lost password? Display the information screen which contains the serial number and a password decode number as described in the chapter below. The password is located in the first group of setpoints and the method to enter or change the password is similar to changing setpoints as described in the setpoints chapter. SW version 2. Press the button to get back to the controller main screen. ©ComAp – May 2015 85 .9 Controller information screen 1. NT InteliCompact . Write down both numbers and send a request to retrieve the password to your local distributor containing these two numbers. Press the button again within 5 to switch to the language selection screen. 7. 5.8 Entering the password A password must be entered prior to adjusting setpoints that are password-protected.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Hold down the button and simultaneously press the button to see the controller information screen. You can also save and send an archive instead. 4. 6.1-Reference Guide. 3. Pressing the button next switches back to the information screen. The information screen will disappear automatically after 5 seconds.

application version  Application type  Branch name NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 86 . 1) + 2) + 1) Init Sreen is enabled 2) Init Screen is disabled The information screen contains the following information:  Controller Name  Firmware identification string  Serial number of the controller  Firmware version.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide.

pdf. press the button. press the button twice. To switch the controller language: 1. 2. Press to confirm the selection. 4. While the information screen is still displayed.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 2. Display the information screen as described above. 2. follow these instructions: 1.1-Reference Guide.10 Controller language selection There are two languages available in the controller. The languages can be changed or modified during configuration in LiteEdit. While the information screen is still displayed. NT InteliCompact . See the LiteEdit documentation for details. The Language menu will appear. The default languages are English and Chinese.11 User interface mode selection To switch the User interface mode. use the or buttons to select the desired language. Press to confirm the selection. The user interface mode menu will appear. 3.12 Display contrast adjustment 1. Hold down the button and simultaneously press or repeatedly to increase or decrease the contrast. ©ComAp – May 2015 87 . 3. 4. SW version 2. Display the information screen as described above. 5.5. 5. use the or buttons to select the desired mode. Press the button repeatedly until you see the main controller screen with the mode selector and kW analog meter.

1 Island operation flowchart Gen-set ready Start command: either pressing START button in MAN mode or automatic start in AUT or TEST mode Start not successful Start sequence StartFail alarm Voltage and frequency stabilization not successful Stabilization Gen. or automatic stop in AUT mode GCB open command: Disconnecting load pressing GCB button in MAN (opening GCB) mode stop sequence Stop command? No Yes Gen-set not Stop not successful ready Cooling and stop Fault reset StopFail alarm sequence Stop sequence continues NT InteliCompact . 6.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. Non-standard situations and combinations with a low probability of occurrence are not described.6 Function description This chapter describes the most frequent situations in the gen-set control. SW version 2. U/f alarm sequence Continues automatically in AUT mode or by pressing GCB button in MAN mode Connecting to the load (closing GCB) Island operation (no regulation is performed) Stop command: either pressing STOP button in MAN mode.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 88 .

U/f alarm sequence Continues automatically in AUT mode or by pressing GCB button in MAN mode SynchroTimeout Synchronization alarm Synchronization not successful Connecting to the load (closing the GCB) Soft loading GCB open command: pressing GCB button in Parallel operation MAN mode (kW/PF regulation or kW/kVAr sharing) Stop command: either pressing STOP button in MAN stop sequence Soft unloading mode.1-Reference Guide.2 Parallel operation flowchart Gen-set ready Start command: either pressing START button in MAN mode or automatic start in AUT or TEST mode Start not successful Start sequence StartFail alarm Voltage and frequency stabilization not successful Stabilization Gen. SW version 2. or automatic stop in AUT mode Disconnecting load (opening GCB) Gen-set not ready Fault reset No Stop command? Yes Cooling and stop StopFail alarm sequence Stop sequence Stop not successful continues NT InteliCompact .pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.6. ©ComAp – May 2015 89 .

The priorities match the order in the list above. A loaded engine in MAN mode will perform Load sharing and VAR sharing. The following binary inputs can be used to force one respective operating mode independent of the mode setpoint selection:  Remote OFF  Remote MAN  Remote AUT  Remote TEST  Rem TEST OnLd If the respective input is active the controller will change the mode to the respective position according to the active input. Accidental opening of the MCB will cause the object (load) to remain without power!!! NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2 MAN The engine can be started and stopped manually using the START and STOP buttons (or external buttons wired to the appropriate binary inputs) in MAN mode. SW version 2. No reaction to the inputs Sys Start/Stop or Rem Start/Stop. 6.1 OFF The GCB will be opened and the engine will be immediately stopped in this mode without unloading and cooling. but will not take place within the power management.6. If multiple inputs are active. the mode will return to the original position given by the setpoint. the mode will be changed according to priorities of the inputs. NOTE: The mode cannot be changed if Access Lock input is active. After that the controller will stay in Not ready status and cannot be started any way. When the engine is running. The buttons MCB. GCB can be closed to a dead bus or synchronizing can be started by the GCB button.pdf. START. regardless of whether the mains are present or not.3 Operating modes Selecting the operating mode is done through MODE buttons on the front panel or by changing the Controller mode setpoint (from the front panel or remotely).3. ©ComAp – May 2015 90 . Also MCB can be closed and opened manually using the MCB button. NOTE: The breakers are internally locked to close two voltages against each other without synchronizing! The controller will automatically recognize if the breaker can be just closed or must be synchronized. the correct password must be entered prior to attempting to change the mode. If all inputs are deactivated. NOTE: If this setpoint is configured as password-protected. The MCB is closed permanently (MCB Opens On = GENRUN) or is open or closed according to whether the mains are present or not (MCB Opens On = MAINSFAIL). 6. STOP including the appropriate binary inputs for external buttons are not active. No AMF function will be performed. No auto start is performed. GCB.3. CAUTION! The MCB can be opened manually in MAN mode.1-Reference Guide.

6. binary input ForwSyncDisabl is not active).3. 6.2 Manual return Setpoint ReturnFromTEST = DISABLED. the controller will synchronize back to the mains. The gen-set remains running until the mode is changed.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. pressing the MCB button will start reverse synchronizing and transfer the load back to the mains. the controller will open the MCB.e. After the mains have recovered.1 Automatic return Setpoint ReturnFromTEST = ENABLED. transfer the load to the gen-set and then open the MCB.4. 6.4.3. STOP including the appropriate binary inputs for external buttons are not active. The MCB opens when the Import/Export goes below 0 ± 5% of the Nominal Power. the controller will synchronize to the mains.3. If a mains failure occurs.3.4 TEST SPtM only The behaviour of the controller in TEST mode depends mainly on the setting of the ReturnFromTEST setpoint. by the Load demand auto start function (SPtM) or by the Power management (MINT). but once started the controller will automatically either  synchronize to the mains (setpoint Synchro Enable = BOTH or FORWARD. transfer the load back to the mains (the maximum time that both breakers are closed is determined by the BreakerOverlap setpoint) and the gen-set will remain running unloaded again until the mode is changed. SW version 2. When the load is supplied by the gen-set and the mains are healthy. START. then wait for Transfer Del and finally close the GCB.4. If a mains failure occurs. adjust the setpoint Reset to MAN to the ENABLED position. transfer the load to the gen-set (the maximum time that both breakers are closed is determined by the BreakerOverlap setpoint) and then open the MCB.6. the MCB will be opened and after Transfer Del the GCB will be closed and the gen-set will supply the load. the gen-set will take the load after it has started. If the Load Ramp time elapsed and NT InteliCompact .3 AUT The engine is started and stopped by the binary input Rem Start/Stop (SPtM). GCB.  If the MCB button is pressed.3.1-Reference Guide. The load can be transferred to the gen-set also manually:  If the GCB button is pressed. it can start by itself after all red alarms become inactive and are acknowledged!!! To avoid this situation. The full start sequence up to the moment when the engine is loaded is automatic as well as unloading and the stop sequence.3 Test with load If the binary input Rem TEST OnLd is activated.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 91 . the gen-set will be started as described above). The gen-set will be started when the controller is put into TEST mode and will remain running unloaded. If the mains Import/Export is measured (setpoint Im/EF input = Mains) then there is a time limitation (setpoint Load Ramp) for unloading and opening of the MCB. WARNING! If a red alarm is present and the gen-set is in AUT mode. the delay MainsReturnDel will count down and if it elapses and the mains are still ok. 6. The buttons MCB. the controller is switched to the TEST mode (i. The gen-set will be started when the controller is put to TEST mode and will remain running unloaded.

or  One of additional running indication signals becomes active. NT InteliCompact . the next start attempt is executed. 6. 2. open the MCB.4 Periodic exercises The output from the Exercise timer 1 is internally connected to the Remote TEST binary input to enable periodic testing of the gen-set.4. after that it is considered as started and the Idle period will follow. Once the engine is started. auto start condition is fulfilled in AUT mode or controller is switched to TEST mode).1-Reference Guide. the load is controlled either to zero Import/Export level (if the MCB has to be opened) or to zero level (if the GCB has to be opened).4 Engine start 6. or will transfer the load back to the mains. When one or more of following conditions are met.3. The controller remains in the Starting phase until the engine speed exceeds the value of Starting RPM. the starter motor is de- energized and a pause with length determined by CrnkFail pause will follow. The maximum duration that the starter motor is energized is determined by the setpoint MaxCrank time. the Idle period follows. After the command for start is issued (pressing START button in MAN mode. 1. After the idle period has finished.pdf. After the prestart has elapsed.4. 6. NOTE: During the BreakerOverlap time. when both breakers are closed. The controller must have AUT mode selected by the mode buttons and the other “mode forcing” binary inputs must not be active to ensure proper function of the exercise. the output Prestart is energized for time period given by the setpoint Prestart Time. the load is switched back to the mains.5 after that the starter motor is activated by energizing the output Starter. After the pause has elapsed. 3. If the engine does not start within this period. In most cases it will be AUT mode and the controller will either stay supplying the load if the mains have failed. the output Idle/Nominal is activated and the start-up sequence is finished. The stabilization phase follows.1 Diesel engine The setpoint Fuel Solenoid must be switched to the DIESEL position. NOTE: If a shutdown or other red alarm occurs while the load is supplied from the gen-set and the mains are healthy. After the binary input Rem TEST OnLd has been deactivated. Import/Export doesn't go below 0 ± 5% the alarm WrnTstOnLdFail becomes active and it's recorded in the history. 7. SW version 2. 5. wait for Transfer Del and close the GCB. 4. Or  will make a switchover (setpoint Synchro Enable = NONE or REVERSE). The binary output Idle/Nominal remains inactive (as it was during the start). The idle period duration is adjusted by the setpoint Idle Time. If the setpoint Im/EF input = EarthFltC then the MCB is opened after delay given by setpoint BreakerOverlap. The number of start attempts is given by the setpoint Crank Attempts.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the output Fuel Solenoid is energized and 0.e. ©ComAp – May 2015 92 . the controller goes back to the previous operation mode (synchronize or switchover with regard to the setpoint Synchro Enable). 6. Prestart output remains active during the pause. i. the prestart and starter of both outputs are de-energized:  The engine speed exceeds the value of Starting RPM.

pdf. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. Fuel solenoid = DIESEL Fuel solenoid activated 500ms delay Starter activated Yes Starting RPM Starter reached? deactivated No Engine is started Yes Starter Another “engine deactivated running” symptom Poil > Starting Poil or present? Ugen > 25 Unom in at least one phase or No D+ input activated No MaxCrank time elapsed? Yes Yes Last attempt? Start fail alarm No Start pause Yes Starting RPM Engine is started reached? No Yes MaxCrank time Fuel solenoid RPM Meas Fail alarm elapsed? deactivated NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 93 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

4. NT InteliCompact . 6. the next start attempt is executed. the starter motor is activated by energizing the output Starter. 1. CAUTION! Additional running indication signals are not evaluated during the start of a gas engine. the starter motor is de-energized. If the engine does not start within this period. After the command for start is issued (pressing START button in MAN mode. SW version 2. the starter motor and fuel solenoid are de- energized and a pause with a length determined by CrnkFail Pause will follow. Prestart output and ignition remain active during the pause. the engine is considered as started and the Idle period will follow. After the pause has elapsed.4. After the idle period has finished. The binary output Idle/Nominal remains inactive (as it was during the start). The number of start attempts is given by the setpoint Crank Attempts. the Idle period follows.6. auto start condition is fulfilled in AUT mode or controller is switched to TEST mode). The Pickup must be used in any case! 5.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 94 . The stabilization phase follows. the outputs Fuel Solenoid and Ignition are energized.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. When the engine speed exceeds value of Starting RPM. 3. The idle period duration is adjusted by the setpoint Idle Time.2 Gas engine The setpoint Fuel Solenoid must be switched to the GAS position. 7. After the prestart has elapsed. Once the engine is started. the output Idle/Nominal is activated and the start-up sequence is finished. When the engine speed exceeds 30RPM. 2.pdf. the output Prestart is energized for time period given by the setpoint Prestart Time. The maximum duration the starter motor is energized is determined by the setpoint MaxCrank Time.

1-Reference Guide.pdf. Ingition deactivated Yes Last attempt? Start fail alarm Start pause NT InteliCompact . Fuel solenoid. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 95 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Fuel solenoid = GAS Starter activated Fuel solenoid 30 RPM reached? and Ignition activated Yes Starting RPM Starter Engine is started reached? deactivated No MaxCrank time elapsed? No Yes Starter.

Max Stab Time starts to count down just after the idle period has finished. the closing of GCB or starting of synchronization will occur in the first moment when the generator voltage and frequency will get into limits and the Min Stab Time has already elapsed. NOTE: The limits for the generator voltage and frequency are given by setpoints in the Gener protect group. Continue to the connecting to the load phase. NT InteliCompact . NOTE: When the engine is started (according to point 4) the delay given by the setpoint ProtectHoldOff will count down. TEST modes). 6.pdf. In the event that the generator voltage or frequency are not within limits within the Max Stab Time period.1-Reference Guide. In situations where the GCB is closed automatically (AUT. the gen-set can be connected to the load. Min Stab Time starts to count down just after the idle period has finished. ©ComAp – May 2015 96 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 6. the appropriate protection(s) will be activated and the gen-set will be cooled down and stopped. NOTE: The value of the Min Stab Time setpoint must be lower than the value of Max Stab Time setpoint. TEST modes) or manually by pressing the GCB button.6 Connecting to the load When the stabilization phase is finished. 2. After it has elapsed. NOTE: The Underspeed protection starts to be evaluated 5 after the engine has been started (according to point 4). Generator voltage and frequency are not checked (respective protections are not evaluated) and the GCB cannot be closed even if the generator voltage and frequency are within limits.  The gen-set voltage and frequency are within limits. There are two timers (setpoints) in this phase: 1. the GCB can be closed (or synchronizing started) if generator voltage and frequency are within limits. the protections configured as engine running only will start to be evaluated. Continue to the stabilization phase. The following conditions must be valid:  The gen-set is running and the Min Stab Time timer has elapsed. the gen-set goes into the stabilization phase.5 Stabilization When the start-up sequence is finished. opposite to the previous timer. Generator voltage and frequency are not checked (respective protections are not evaluated) but. The command for connecting the gen-set to the load is issued either automatically (AUT. SW version 2.NOTE: The starting sequence will be interrupted at any time if a stop command comes.

One of the gen-sets will close the GCB. The maximum duration of synchronizing is given by the setpoint Sync Timeout. MINT: If the measured bus voltage is within limits. the Sync Timeout alarm will be issued. However. 6. When the controller starts to synchronize (the event will change to “Synchro”) and the Main Measuring screen is displayed. the bus bar is considered to have identical voltage as measured on the mains.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. MINT: the measured bus voltage is also taken in account and it must be below 2% of the nominal bus voltage together with the open MCB to close the GCB without synchronizing. it will be automatically change to the Synchroscope screen for the entire duration of synchronization. the gen-set is first synchronized with the mains and then the GCB is closed. The synchronizing consists of voltage matching and frequency/angle matching.g.1-Reference Guide. If the synchronizing is not successful within this period of time. ©ComAp – May 2015 97 . NOTE: The synchronization will be interrupted automatically if any of the necessary conditions disappear during the synchronization process. the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons. NOTE: If the group of gen-sets is activated and multiple gen-sets have to start simultaneously and connect to the empty bus bar. The alarm is activated after 20s. the bus bar is considered as voltage-free and the GCB is closed without synchronizing. 6. potential direct closing of GCB while the controller’s bus conductors are unintentionally unplugged from the terminals. NT InteliCompact .NOTE: The governor and AVR must be adjusted properly to achieve these limits as the controller does not perform any regulation and the regulation outputs have constant values given by the AVRi Bias and Speed Gov Bias setpoints. SW version 2. After synchronization the Synchroscope screen is automatically changed back to the Main Measuring screen.6. There are two ways to connect the gen-set to the load (bus bar). If the mains voltage/frequency is within limits. This protection can avoid e. NOTE: There also is a protection of “Bus power loss sensing”. there is an internal logic to prevent closing of more GCBs to the bus bar at the same moment without synchronizing. This depends on the state of MCB feedback and on the measured mains/bus voltage. the others will wait and then they will synchronize to the first one.6.1 Connecting to dead bus SPtM: if the MCB is open. The “Bus Measure Error” is detected in MINT application when the voltage on the controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 seconds after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed. the gen-set is first synchronized with the bus and then the GCB is closed.pdf.2 Synchronizing SPtM: If the MCB is closed.

After the feedback has been received.7. PF regulation loop is active.1 Ramping the power up The first phase of the PTM operation is ramping the gen-set up to the requested power level. When the angle is matched with tolerance +/- Phase Window for a time given by the setpoint Dwell Time and the voltage is matched too. SW version 2. 6. baseload setpoint) changes. then the GCB is closed. ©ComAp – May 2015 98 . The frequency regulation loop is active (setpoints Freq Gain and Freq Int).7.6.7. NOTE: In every moment when the requested load (e.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 6. the parallel to mains operation follows. Regulation adjustment setpoints are available in the Volt/PF control group.2 Frequency/angle matching The gen-set frequency is regulated to match the mains/bus frequency first. the control loops are switched to load and power factor loops or load and power factor sharing respectively. NT InteliCompact . The regulation is adjusted by the setpoints Voltage Gain and Voltage Int.2 Load control The load is maintained at the constant level given by the setpoint Baseload. NOTE: The GCB close command will be not issued if the Phase Window setpoint is set to 0. Once the frequency is matched.1 Voltage matching The gen-set voltage is regulated to match the mains/bus voltage with tolerance given by the setpoint Voltage Window. The setpoint adjusts the ramp time for a change from 0% to 100% of nominal power. the ramp described in the chapter above will also take place.2.NOTE: It is also possible to change screens manually (arrows Up and Down) after displaying the Synchroscope screen. 6. 6. Synchronizing will continue until the Sync Timeout alarm occurs or the GCB is closed externally.6.7 Parallel to mains operation – SPtM SPtM only After the gen-set has been synchronized to the mains. It consists of the following phases: 6.g. NOTE: The matching loops will continue to run even if the GCB close command has been already issued until the controller receives GCB feedback or a GCB fail alarm occurs.pdf.3 Power factor control The power factor is regulated to a constant value given by the setpoint Base PF. the regulation loop is switched to match the angle (setpoint Angle Gain).1-Reference Guide.2. Regulation adjustment setpoints are available in the Sync/load control group. The speed of the ramp is given by the setpoint Load Ramp. 6. In this case there is no automatic return to the Main Measuring screen after synchronization is finished.

the end level is given by GCB Open Level and the timeout for finishing the ramping without reaching the open level is given by GCB open Del. the gen-set will be stopped with the same delay as during start.6. the value of power which is covered by mains is given by value of setpoint Export kW. To enable this function.7.7. the binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP button is pressed – the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB. the gen-set remains running until a stop command comes or the GCB is pressed again to reclose the GCB. if 100 kW has to be covered always by mains the Export kW parameter is set to -100 kW.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The rest. all peaks. The ramp speed is given by the setpoint Load Ramp.7.7. 6.5 Ramping the power down When a stop command is received – e. ©ComAp – May 2015 99 . NT InteliCompact . are then covered by gen-set or by group of gen-sets. the setpoint PeakAutS/S del must not be set to 0 (OFF). SW version 2. When the GCB button is pressed. 6.g. The gen-set load is controlled according to the selected mode (see above).6 Peak load shaving The gen-set can start and stop automatically according to the object load. If the object load drops below a given lower limit (PeakLevelStop). E.g. An automatic start will occur if the object exceeds the limit given by the setpoint PeakLevelStart and remains exceeded for a period longer than PeakAutS/S del. If the object load drops below PeakLevelStop. NOTE: The gen-set will continue to run if the binary input Rem Start/Stop is active. An automatic start will occur if the object load exceeds a given upper limit (PeakLevelStart) and remains exceeded for a given period of time (PeakAutS/S Del).pdf.7 Export Limit If Export Limit function is enabled. the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB as well. Continue to the cool down and stop phase.1-Reference Guide. the gen-set will be stopped with the same delay period experienced during start. 6. The Im/EF CT Ratio parameter must be set up according to the current measuring transformer and the Im/EF input parameter must be set to Mains. But after the GCB has been opened. Load [kW] Covered by Mains Peak Level Start Start Start Covered by Gen-set Peak Level Stop Stop Stop 2:00 4:00 6:00 8:00 10:00 12:00 14:00 16:00 18:00 20:00 22:00 24:00 Time [h] NOTE: For this function it is necessary to use the IC-NT-CT-BIO7 extension module for measurement of Mains 1Ph current.4 Object load dependent auto start The gen-set can start and stop automatically according to the object load.

1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 100 . You may set maximum export value or you can set it negative to keep some import even in cases that there are abrupt load changes. it actually means import. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. so the Import from Mains cannot be maintained on the constant level and it is starting to lower as well Power imported from Mains 0 PRINCIPLE OF THE EXPORT LIMIT FUNCTION – IMPORT NT InteliCompact .NOTE: If the Export kW setpoint is negative. Import Power Consumption of the Load 0 Required Power from gen-set Controller decreases the required power from gen-set to maintain the constant level of Import from Mains as the load consumption decreases 0 No power is taken from the gen-set and the load consumption still goes down.pdf. This function can be used to protect the system from unwanted export.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. Export Power Consumption of the Load Load consumption goes to 0 0 Gen-set is still producing power to fulfill the export requirement to the Mains Required Power from gen-set Gen-set is only exporting below this level 0 0 Power exported to Mains Negative value of Import is Export PRINCIPLE OF THE EXPORT LIMIT FUNCTION – EXPORT NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 101 .

1 Ramping the power up The first phase of the PTM operation is the ramping of the gen-set up to the desired power level derived from the system baseload or up to the load given by load sharing with other gen-sets connected to the bus bar. ©ComAp – May 2015 102 . 6. When the GCB button is pressed. But after the GCB has been opened.8. the loop LS (load sharing) is active to maintain the load at the same relative level as the other loaded gen-sets in the group. 6.8. the gen-set remains running until a stop command comes or the GCB is pressed again to reclose the GCB. The gen-set was running parallel to the mains and the MCB has been opened. It consists of the following phases: 6. NT InteliCompact . Continue to the cool down and stop phase.2 Load control modes There are two load control modes – system baseload and load sharing – which are selected by the setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM. Regulation adjustment setpoints are available in the Volt/PF control group.8. 6.9 Island operation – SPtM SPtM only A situation where the MCB is open and the load is supplied from the gen-set is called Island operation. SW version 2. or 2. the end level is given by GCB Open Level and the timeout for finishing the ramping without reaching the open level is given by GCB Open Del. The GCB has been closed to a dead bus bar. The speed of the ramp is given by the setpoint Load Ramp. The ramp speed is given by the setpoint Load Ramp.g. This situation will occur in the following cases: 1.8 Parallel to mains operation – MINT MINT only If the MCB is closed (MCB feedback is present) and the gen-set has been synchronized to the bus bar. the Load regulation loop is active to maintain the load at the requested level which is derived from the system baseload. also power factor sharing is active to keep the power factor of all loaded gen-sets at an equal level. The PF regulation loop is active.3 Power factor control In system baseload mode the power factor is regulated to a constant value given by the setpoint #SysPwrFactor. 6. The behaviour in this case is identical to multiple island mode. the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB as well. In load sharing mode. Each running gen-set takes a relatively equal part of the system baseload.1-Reference Guide. In load sharing mode. If system baseload mode is selected. The setpoint adjusts the ramp time for a change from 0% to 100% of nominal power. See the setpoint description for more information.pdf. the parallel to mains operation will follow.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. power management or binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP button is pressed – the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB. NOTE: The process of determining which gen-sets shall run is described in the power management chapter.6.4 Ramping the power down When a stop command is received – e.8.

the gen-set will not go to cool down and stop. but MCB is closed instead of GCB.2 Changeover The changeover is performed if the reverse synchronizing is disabled with the RevSyncDisable binary input. the gen-set can try to perform reverse synchronizing again.g.1-Reference Guide. NOTE: When using the GCB button in MAN mode. The GCB is opened first and after a time period of Transfer Del the MCB is closed. one of the gen-sets will close the GCB and energize the bus bar and the others will wait and then synchronize to the bus bar.1. Reverse synchronizing can be started manually by pressing MCB button in MAN mode. from the power management or binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP button is pressed. The transfer can be done as no-break transfer (Reverse synchronizing) or break transfer (Changeover). NOTE: The controller in MINT application does not control the MCB! Only the MCB position is evaluated from the binary input MCB Feedback and the position is the basic source of information for switching between island and parallel to mains operation. NT InteliCompact . When a stop command is received. 6. the system will prevent closing of multiple GCBs to the bus bar without synchronizing. If the bus bar is empty. In AUT mode or TEST mode with automatic return. RevSyncTimeout alarm is issued and the gen-set continues in island operation.1. After the alarm has been reset.1 Reverse synchronizing The reverse synchronizing process is identical to Forward synchronizing. e.1 Island to PtM transfers SPtM only If the mains are OK. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the gen-set can be transferred back to the parallel to mains operation. the GCB will be opened and the gen-set will go to cool down phase. Which of these kinds will be performed depends on the binary input RevSyncDisable. The common bus bar is dead due to opened MCB or there are no mains at all and the group of gen-sets has been activated.pdf.9. Keeping voltage and frequency at rated values is the task of AVR and the governor. Following gen-sets will synchronize to the already energized bus bar. This situation will occur either when: 1.9. When a stop command is received – e. Instead of this. The group was running parallel to mains and the MCB has been opened.g. the binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP button is pressed – the GCB will be opened and the gen-set will go to cool down phase.10 Island operation – MINT MINT only This chapter describes the situation where multiple gen-sets are running parallel to each other but not with mains.Neither voltage nor a frequency regulation loop is active. or 2. 6. the reverse synchronizing or changeover is started automatically after the mains have been restored and remain healthy for a period given by the setpoint MainsReturnDel. the first gen-set will close its GCB without synchronizing. In the event that multiple gen-sets start simultaneously and the bus bar is empty. In the event that the reverse synchronizing is not successful. ©ComAp – May 2015 103 . 6. 6.9.

where the load portions connected to the group at once are much lower than the gen-set capacity. ©ComAp – May 2015 104 . depending on the power format in the controller). The reserve can be calculated as absolute (in kW) or relative (in %).1-Reference Guide.1kW cannot be used because the sum exceeds 32767. The maximal size of the load connected at once depends on number of actually working gen-sets. state of the gen- sets and other conditions. the bigger a load portion can be connected at once.. If the sum of nominal power of all gen- sets connected to the intercontroller CAN exceeds these values the power format needs to be changed accordingly. Each of the controllers can be switched off without influencing the complete system (except the situation when the respective gen-set will be not available. 6.11. as they can be operated within optimal load range.1 The concept The power management is based on the load of the gen-sets. when the load drops down below a certain level. This mode helps to achieve maximal lifetime of the gen-sets.e. There is a new way of power management implemented (Efficient mode. Continue to the cool down and stop phase. The more gen-sets are connected to the busbar.2 Basics  The setpoint Pwr Management enables and disables the gen-set to be active within the power management of the group and make automatic load demand start/stop or swap.11. The reserve is calculated as difference between actual and nominal load of running gen-sets.11 Power management MINT only The power management is related to MINT application only. A next gen-set will stop. Use the setpoint #PowerMgmt Mode to set the calculation method..0. The sum of the nominal power is 20000kW. Therefore power format in kW needs to be chosen. depending on current load. CAUTION! The function of the controller is designed to handle the maximum sum of nominal power at 32000kW (3200. i. NOTE: Power management based on relative reserves perfectly fits for applications. SW version 2.NOTE: Using the GCB button in MAN mode the gen-set will not go to cool down and stop. Basic principles and functions are explained in the chapter below.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 6. next gen-set will start when the load of the group raises above certain level. LDS) since version IC-NT 2. there is no "master" in the system. 6. The process of determining of starts and stops is done in each controller.) The load of the group is evaluated as so called reserve. If the power NT InteliCompact . Power management based on absolute reserves can be successfully used also for cases where the load portions are similar to the gen-set capacity or even bigger. Power management is the process of automatic starts and stops of gen-sets within the group. Therefore the decimal power format in 0. Example: There are 20 gen-sets each with 1000kW of nominal power.0kW. The goal of the absolute reserve mode is that the system provides always the same reserve power capacity independent of how many gen-sets are currently running and this why this mode perfectly fits for industrial plants with large loads.pdf.

If the reserve still remains over the limit. i.  If the system reserve drops below zero (i. the delay #NextStopDel will start to count down on the gen-sets.  The binary input Sys Start/Stop activates and deactivates the gen-set.e. If the reserve remains under the limit for the entire countdown period. the gen-set(s) will start. which have decided to start.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. When the input is activated again. minimal running power ∑ 𝑷𝒂𝒄𝒕  The value 𝟏𝟎𝟎 ∙ (𝟏 − ∑ ) [%] is called relative reserve.11. the gen-sets will stop.pdf. It can be started in MAN mode only.e. that LBI’s Min Run Power needs to be activated on all gen-sets in the same time. the gen-set will run or not depending only on the binary input Sys Start/Stop and the start and stop will not depend on the load of the group. 6.  There are two pairs of setpoints for adjusting reserves for start and stop. which have decided to stop.1-Reference Guide. If the input is not active. It is the difference between the actual load of the group and the nominal capacity of currently loaded gen-sets. A lower number represents “higher” priority. management is disabled. the delay #NextStrt Del will start to count down on the gen-sets. If the reserve remains under the limit for the whole countdown period. Note. By the binary input Load Reserve 2 the second pair #LoadResStrt 2 and #LoadResStop 2 is activated.11.3 Reserves. NOTE: The gen-set will take part of the power management (= will be active) only if the controller is in AUT mode! NOTE: The gen-set performs load and VAR sharing whenever it is connected to the busbar i. ©ComAp – May 2015 105 .  With adjusting nonzero value to the setpoint #Min Run Power and activating the function by binary input Min Run Power => based on the nominal power. Normally the pair #LoadResStrt 1 and #LoadResStop 1 is active.  If the system reserve goes above over the adjusted reserve for stop. In parallel to mains operation and baseload mode the baseload level is used in the equation instead of the actual gen-sets load. the delay #SysAMFstrtDel will start to count down and after that the gen-set is activated and can start due to power management. Running NomPwr = the sum of the nominal power of all active gen-sets within the ∑ 𝑃𝑛𝑜𝑚 group.e. which have decided to start. that are connected to the bus. NT InteliCompact . It is the difference between the 𝑷𝒏𝒐𝒎 actual relative load and 100%. 6.  If the current system reserve drops below the adjusted reserve for start. the delay #OverldNext Del will start to count down on the gen-sets. the gen-set(s) will start. that ∑ 𝑃𝑎𝑐𝑡 are connected to the bus. SW version 2.  The value ∑ 𝑷𝒏𝒐𝒎 − ∑ 𝑷𝒂𝒄𝒕 [kW] is called absolute reserve. the system is overloaded). the gen-set will stop with delay #SysAMFstopDel after the input has been deactivated and will not start again. the gen-sets needed for equalizing the actual MinRunPower requirement are started (or kept running even if stop reserve is fulfilled). a gen-set with a lower number will start before another one with higher number. it is independent on whether the controller is in AUT or MAN mode or whether the power management is active or not.4 Priorities  The priority of the gen-set within the group is determined by the setpoint Priority. Running ActPwr = the sum of the actual load of all active gen-sets within the group.

the gen-set gets highest priority (0) independent of the setpoint setting. they will act as “one big” gen-set.e. ©ComAp – May 2015 106 .If more than one gen-set have the same priority.  For Load Demand Swap regime and Run Hour Equalisation: . i.If the binary input Top Priority is active.1-Reference Guide. have enough capacity to keep the reserve over the start level and also can fulfil the adjusted minimal running power NOTE: When evaluating the stop condition. . do not have enough capacity to get the reserve back over the start level or cannot fulfil the adjusted minimal running power  The controller will decide to stop the gen-set at the moment when the reserve has increased over the reserve for stop and the gen-sets with higher priorities (lower priority numbers).Priorities are managen automatically by the controller and value written in the setpoint is ignored . that are available for power management.11.5 Load Demand Start/Stop  The controller will decide to start the gen-set at the moment when the reserve has dropped below the reserve for start and the gen-sets with higher priorities (lower priority numbers). SW version 2. the controller computes actual reserve without taking in account its own nominal power.  For Load Demand Star/Stop regime: . that are available for power management. it evaluates how the reserve will be if the respective gen-set stops.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.Binary input Top Priority has no function 6. NT InteliCompact .

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 107 . SW version 2. Load [kW] Pg_nom_1+Pg_nom_2+Pg_nom_3 [kW] Pnom Gen-set 3 Priority 3 LoadRes Stop [kW] Pg_nom_1+Pg_nom_2 [kW] Pnom Gen-set 2 Priority 2 LoadRes Strt [kW] LoadRes Strt [kW] LoadRes Stop [kW] Pg_nom_1 [kW] Pnom Gen-set 1 Priority 1 LoadRes Stop [kW] t < #NextStrt Del t Sys Start/Stop #SysAMFstopDel Gen-set 1 #SysAMFstrtDel running Gen-set 2 #NextStrt Del running Gen-set 3 #NextStop Del running #NextStrt Del #NextStop Del POWER MANAGEMENT WITH ABSOLUTE RESERVES NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide.pdf.

Sys Start/Stop 2. but the alarm will be suppressed for a definite period of time to give the next gen-set chance to start and connect to the bus to get the reserve back over the start level. the gen-set will be taken out from the power management and the next gen-set will start if necessary. the gen-set will be taken out from the power management. The alarm will not be suppressed if there is no other available gen-set that can start.7 Related binary inputs 1. Load [kW] 100% Pg_nom_1+Pg_nom_2+Pg_nom_3 Pnom Gen-set 3 Priority 3 LoadRes Stop [%] 100% Pg_nom_1+Pg_nom_2 Pnom Gen-set 2 Priority 2 LoadRes Strt [%] LoadRes Strt [%] LoadRes Stop [%] 100% Pg_nom_1 Pnom Gen-set 1 Priority 1 LoadRes Stop [%] t < #NextStrt Del t Sys Start/Stop #SysAMFstopDel Gen-set 1 #SysAMFstrtDel running Gen-set 2 #NextStrt Del running Gen-set 3 #NextStop Del running #NextStrt Del #NextStop Del POWER MANAGEMENT WITH RELATIVE RESERVES 6.pdf.11.11.  If a Slow stop alarm occurs.6 Reaction to alarms  If a Shutdown or BOC alarm occurs. ©ComAp – May 2015 108 .1-Reference Guide. Min Run Power NT InteliCompact . Top Priority 4. SW version 2. 6. Load Reserve 2 3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The alarm is suppressed until the reserve gets back over the start level (this can occur either because the next gen-set has connected to the bus or the load has decreased) or the timeout given by the setpoint #SlowStopDel has elapsed.

EnginesSwapped 6. Please use IC-NT 1. two situations need to be distinguished: 1) First start (activation of Sys Start/Stop binary input) 2) Already running group of gen-sets Add1) master controller (the one with the lowest CAN address) makes the calculation and sorts all the gen-sets in the group based on their nominal power and running hours from the biggest to smallest.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SystReserve OK 3. e) For gen-sets with the same nominal power also run hour equalization will be performed.5 instead. Basic principles and functions are explained in the chapter below. System Ready 2. the one with least amount of run hours is started.6.0. ©ComAp – May 2015 109 .1-Reference Guide. LDS) since version IC-NT 2. NT InteliCompact . Add2) a) Master controller on the fly sorts available gen-sets based on their nominal power from the biggest to smallest b) If two or more gen-sets with the same nominal power are available.8 Related binary outputs 1. SW version 2.11.11.9 Load Demand Swap There is a new way of power management implemented (Efficient mode.0+ firmware. least amount of run hours is preferred (lower run hours = higher priority) c) Selection of which gen-set has to start next is from the bottom of the list to the top (small gen- set starts first) following formula: Pnom > Load demand + #LoadResStrt 1 Where Pnom is the nominal power of selected gen-set d) If load demand is higher than nominal power of the biggest gen-set. this one is fixed and the whole process repeats from c).4. CAUTION! NT MainsCompact is not supported for use with IC-NT 2.pdf. Principles of the Load Demand Swap (#PriorAutoSwap = EFFICENT) To evaluate. Gen-set which fulfils following formula will be selected: Pnom < #LoadResStrt 1 Where Pnom is the nominal power of the selected gen-set If two gen-sets with the same nominal power are available. which gen-set will start as next.

1-Reference Guide. SystReserve OK 3. Min Run Power 6. available since IC-NT 2. EnginesSwapped 6.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. System Ready 2.11 Related binary outputs 1. Load Reserve 2 3.11.10 Related binary inputs 1. Sys Start/Stop 2.0 In Pwr management setpoint group:  make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)  set #PowerMgmtMode = ABS (kW)  set #PriorAutoSwap = EFFICIENT  select appropriate load reserve for start (#LoadResStrt 1)  select appropriate reserve for stop (#LoadResStop 1)  set suitable delay for power band change (PwrBnChngDlUp / PwrBnChngDlDn) NT InteliCompact .11.Example: #PowerMgmtMode = ABS #LoadResStrt 1 = 20kW #LoadResStop 1 = 30kW G1 G2 G3 G4 CAN 2 50kW 100kW 300kW 50kW 100h 100h 100h 0h Load Demand Swap related setpoints and values: 6.12 “How to” examples:  How to set EFFICENT mode (Load demand swap function).pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 110 . SW version 2.11.

The automatic start can be enabled or disabled by the setpoint AMFStartEnable. The vector shift limit for evaluation of a mains failure is adjustable by the setpoint VectorShiftLim. in most cases it causes a fast change of the generator load.12. namely the values group.1. NT InteliCompact . 6.12. ©ComAp – May 2015 111 . How to set Load demand start/stop power management (Load Demand Start/Stop) In Pwr management setpoint group:  make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)  set #PowerMgmtMode = ABS (kW) or REL (%)  set the priority of the gen-set (Priorty)  set #PriorAutoSwap = DISABLED (controller will not change priorities in the background and will respect the value set in Priority setpoint)  select appropriate load reserve for start (#LoadResStrt 1)  select appropriate reserve for stop (#LoadResStop 1)  How to set Running hours equalization function In Pwr management setpoint group:  make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)  set #PriorAutoSwap = RUN HOURS  select appropriate #RunHoursBase if necesary  select appropriate #RunHrsMaxDiff to set maximum allowed Running hours difference between gen-sets 6.12 AMF function SPtM only The “AMF function” represents the automatic start in the event that the mains have failed and stop after the mains have been restored.1 Mains failure detection The mains are considered as faulty when one or more of the following conditions are valid:  The mains voltage is out of the limits given by the setpoints Mains >V and Mains <V for a time period longer than Mains V Del.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.13 Related setpoints and values Related setpoints and values are collected to the Power management setpoint. 6.  The Vector shift protection occurs.1-Reference Guide. This change can be measured as a jump of the vector of the generator voltage and evaluated as a symptom of mains failure.  The MCB close command was not successful and the alarm MCB fail still was not reset.1 Vector shift If a mains failure occurs during parallel to mains operation. SW version 2. NOTE: The AMF function works only in AUT mode! 6.11.  The binary input Ext MF Relay is active.  The mains frequency is out of the limits given by the setpoints Mains >Freq and Mains <Freq for a time period longer than Mains Freq Del.

the MCB is opened 2.pdf. see the chapter operating modes. TEST mode paragraph. 8. The control of breakers is not affected by this input. the gen-set will cool down and stop. The timer for automatic start of the gen-set EmergStart Del begins to count down.13 Engine cool down and stop The cool down phase follows after the stop command has been issued and the GCB has been opened. the following steps are performed: 1. After the mains are restored to normal. 5. 3. Maximum time between closing of GCB and opening MCB is given by the setpoint BreakerOverlap. the timer MainsReturnDel begins to count down and when finished.12. NOTE: For a description of how to make a test of AMF function.12.  The alarm MCB fail is not active. If no demand for parallel operation is active (binary input Rem Start/Stop). NT InteliCompact . 6.NOTE: Vector shift is evaluated only while the gen-set is working parallel to the mains. 6. SW version 2.  The mains frequency is within the limits given by the setpoints Mains >Freq and Mains <Freq.2 Healthy mains detection The mains are considered to be healthy when all of following conditions are valid:  The mains voltage is within the limits given by the setpoints Mains >V and Mains <V.1-Reference Guide. 6. NOTE: There is a hysteresis for Mains under and over voltage added in the same way as in the InteliLiteNT family. After the timer has elapsed. If vector shift protection is activated mains circuit breaker is opened. the gen-set is started. If active.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. If the mains are restored to health and the gen-set is still not connected to the load. either reverse synchronizing or switchover is performed. ©ComAp – May 2015 112 . If the setpoint MCB Opens On is set to GENRUN. If the gen-set is already running and the input is activated. the GCB is opened and the gen-set cools down and a stop follows. 4. 6. the controller interrupts the startup process and closes back the MCB. switchover is performed instead of reverse synchronizing. 9.  Duration of the cool down phase is determined by the setpoint Cooling Time. This depends on the binary input RevSyncDisable.3 The AMF procedure When the mains failure is detected. NOTE: The automatic start of the gen-set due to AMF function can be disabled by the input MainsFailBlock. 7. The GCB is closed and the gen-set begins to supply the load. the MCB is opened once the generator voltage is within limits. If the setpoint MCB Opens On is set to MAINSFAIL.  The binary input Ext MF Relay is not active.

 If a new start request comes. See the chapter Speed sensing for details.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.  The generator voltage in all phases is lower than 50 V.1-Reference Guide. 6. If the cooling was at nominal speed.  None of additional running indication signals is active.  Each alarm can cause sending of a SMS message or an e-mail. ©ComAp – May 2015 113 .  One alarm of any type can be assigned to each binary input  Two alarms (one yellow and one red type) can be assigned to each analog input  There are also built-in alarms with fixed alarm types.  Each alarm is written to the Alarmlist.  The cool down can be finished manually in MAN mode by pressing the STOP button. the stabilization timers will not count down again so the GCB is immediately ready to be closed. but at least for the duration of Stop Time.14 Alarm management The controller evaluates two levels of alarms. When the cool down is finished. If the engine does not stop within this time.13. The engine will stop within the time period determined by the setpoint Stop Time. SW version 2. Level 1 – yellow alarm – is a pre-critical alarm that is only informative and does not take any action regarding gen-set control.  Each alarm activates the Alarm and Horn output. Stop time and this repeats until the engine is stopped.  Cooling is performed either at nominal speed (generator voltage and frequency protections are evaluated) or at idle speed (generator voltage and frequency protections are not evaluated). where an action must be taken to prevent damage of the gen-set or technology. If the Stop time has elapsed and the engine has still not stopped. Selection of the speed is done by the setpoint Cooling Speed. the alarm Stop fail will be issued.pdf. the output Fuel Solenoid is de-energized and Stop Solenoid is energized. The output Stop Solenoid is energized until the engine is stopped. the cool down will be interrupted and the gen-set will go back to the stabilization phase. The output Ignition is continuously energized until the engine is stopped. 6. the stop solenoid is de- energized for 5 s and then energized again for max. Level 2 – red alarm – represents a critical situation.  Each alarm causes a record to be written into the history log. NT InteliCompact .1 Stopped gen-set evaluation The gen-set is considered as stopped when all of following conditions are valid:  The engine speed is lower than 2 revs (RPM).

pdf. These alarms begin to be evaluated after the engine has been started and Max Stab Time has elapsed or the GCB has been closed. The category is selectable for alarms assigned to binary/analog inputs and fixed for built-in alarms.1 Alarm handling  There are two different alarm categories regarding the period when the alarms are evaluated. This input may be used in situations where providing the power is extremely important – e. This type should be used for e. analog input alarms) or is fixed to 500ms (in the case of binary input alarms). These alarms begin to be evaluated after the engine has been started with the delay given by the setpoint ProtectHoldOff. 2) The alarm is evaluated only when the engine is running.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Analog No alarm Yellow alarm Red alarm value issued issued issued Red alarm level Yellow alarm level alarm delay alarm delay Time [s] t < alarm delay ANALOG INPUT ALARM EVALUATION PRINCIPLE 6. the delay of evaluation will start to run.g. SW version 2. Generator voltage unbalance and Generator under/overfrequency belong to this category. all active alarms change to confirmed state. 6. This category is not configurable to binary and analog input alarms.1-Reference Guide. If the conditions persist.  If an alarm is being evaluated and the appropriate alarm condition is fulfilled. Only Generator under/overvoltage.2 Alarm states An alarm can have following states: NT InteliCompact . if the gen-set drives pumps for fire extinguishers (sprinklers). ©ComAp – May 2015 114 . oil pressure.14. See also the Browsing alarms chapter.  After pressing the Fault reset button or activating the binary input FaultResButton. the alarm will remain in the Alarmlist as Inactive. the alarm will activate. The alarm will not activate if the condition is dismissed while the delay is still running.g. NOTE: The input Sd Override can be used for temporary disabling of red alarms to shutdown the engine. If the condition is dismissed before acknowledging the alarm. Confirmed alarms will disappear from the Alarmlist as soon as the respective condition dismisses. The categories are the following: 1) The alarm is evaluated all the time when the controller is switched on. The delay is adjustable by a setpoint (in the case of built-in alarms. They remain evaluated until cooling has finished. 3) The alarm is evaluated only when the generator is excited.14.

3 Alarm types – Yellow level The yellow alarm indicates that a value or parameter is out of normal limits.).  Inactive alarm: the alarm condition has disappeared.3.4. 6. SW version 2. but the alarm has already been confirmed.4. but after that the engine will perform the standard stop procedure including cooling.14. but the alarm has not been confirmed. ©ComAp – May 2015 115 . The controller will take one of the following actions: 6.1 Breaker open and cool down (BOC) The BOC (electric trip) alarm category is used above all for built-in alarms assigned to the generator electric values (voltage. NT InteliCompact .4.3 Shutdown (SD) The Shutdown alarm opens the GCB immediately and stops the engine immediately without cooling.5% from RH-RL. current.pdf. the controller will wait until another gen-set is started (if there is at least one available) before unloading and stopping the gen-set.  Active alarm: the alarm condition persists. but has still not reached critical level. power. The valid range is defined by the most-left (RL) and most-right (RH) points of the sensor characteristic ±12. a sensor fail will be detected and a sensor fail message will appear in the Alarmlist. The maximum time the controller will wait is given by the setpoint #SlowStopDel. This alarm does not cause any actions regarding the gen-set control. 6.4 Alarm types – Red level The red level alarm indicates that a critical level of the respective value or parameter has been reached.2 Slow stop (STP) The Slow stop alarm differs from the BOC in that the gen-set will perform a soft unload before opening the GCB (if possible).14. CAUTION! The gen-set can start by itself after acknowledging the alarms if there is no longer an active red alarm and the controller is in AUT or TEST mode! 6.14.1-Reference Guide. After that the standard stop procedure including cooling follows. NOTE: In the MINT application if the power management is active and a slow stop alarm occurs.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. alarm delay has elapsed.  Confirmed alarm: the alarm condition persists. 6. etc.14. NOTE: It is not possible to start the engine if any red level protection is active or not confirmed. The GCB is opened immediately. 6.14.1 Warning (WRN) The Warning alarm does not perform any actions regarding gen-set control.14. 6. Obviously it is indicated by red colour.5 Sensor fail detection (FLS) If the measured resistance (or voltage or current in case of IGS-PTM module) on an analog input exceeds the valid range.14. Obviously it is indicated by a yellow colour.

5% of the 0 sensor range 10 100% of the sensor range 180 191 Ω First point of Sensor fail limit would be -1 Last point of the the curve Sensor fail limit Ohm what is physically curve imposible so sensor fail is not detected even for 0 ohm SENSOR FAIL EVALUATION EXAMPLE NOTE: The sensor fail alarm does not influence the gen-set operation.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.0 Controller is capable to detect which communication terminal is connected to the network and send the email/SMS via the active one. the controller can send SMS messages and/or emails at the moment when a new alarm appears in the Alarmlist. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .14.2. The message will contain a copy of the Alarmlist. ©ComAp – May 2015 116 . Bar rea fa il a so r 10. InternetBridge-NT is preferred terminal if more possibilities are detected.6 Sen 10 12. 6. The list of all supported terminals shows the table below: Active alarm Active event Active alarm Active event Terminal sms sms email email IB-Lite NA NA yes yes IB-NT yes yes yes yes* Not Not IL-NT-GPRS yes yes supported supported *since IB-NT 2. you should select with setpoints Yel Alarm Msg and Red Alarm Msg the levels of alarms to be announced (red/yellow/both) and also enter a valid GSM phone number and/or e-mail address to the setpoints TelNo/Addr Ch1 and TelNo/Addr Ch2. To enable this function.6 Remote alarm messaging If a GSM modem and/or Internet Bridge are connected to the controller.pdf. It is possible to set either a GSM number or e-mail at both setpoints.

Other fault codes are displayed as a numeric code and the engine fault codes list must be used to determine the reason. 6. not yet confirmed alarms are marked with asterisk before them. NT InteliCompact .7 Alarmlist Alarmlist is a container of active and inactive alarms.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.14. In some cases the prefix can be omitted. NOTE: The ECU AlarmList is visible only if an ECU is configured. If it is full. Then the alarm name follows.  Active alarms are shown as inverted. recently coming alarms are not displayed. 6. The alarms are represented by the Diagnostic Trouble Code. It will appear automatically on the controller display.14.8 ECU Alarmlist The ECU Alarmlist contains alarms that are received from the ECU. NOTE: The Alarmlist can be read out from the controller via Modbus.NOTE: An internet module must be available for sending e-mails and a GSM modem is necessary for sending SMS.g. if a new alarm occurs. See the Communications chapter for more information.pdf. WRN). The most common fault codes are translated into text form. See the Modbus description chapter.1-Reference Guide. or can be displayed manually from the display menu  It can contain up to 16 alarms. but the first 7 are visible on the screen. the alarm type and the alarm occurrence counter. SW version 2. which represents the alarm type (e.  An alarm message in the alarmlist begins with a prefix. ©ComAp – May 2015 117 . which contains information about the subsystem where the alarm occurred.

the newest record overwrites the oldest one. Its capacity is over 100 records and it works as FIFO. BASIC VALUES NT InteliCompact . voltages.9 Built-in alarms ANSI CODE PROTECTION (ALARM) Emergency stop 12 Engine overspeed 14 Engine underspeed Start Fail RPM measurement failure Stop Fail GCB Fail MCB Fail Forward synchronization timeout Reverse synchronization timeout 32 Generator overload 32R Generator reverse power 59. The history log is important especially for diagnostics of failures and problems.15 History log The history log is an area in the controller’s non-volatile memory that records “snapshots” of the system at moments when important events occur. etc.6.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.e. kW.pdf. 81L Generator under/overfrequency 51 Generator overcurrent 50 Generator short current 46 Generator current unbalance 47 Phase sequence Maintenance timer Charging alternator fail Battery voltage Governor output at limit AVR output at limit Battery flat Low backup battery 6. 27 Generator under/overvoltage 47 Generator voltage unbalance 81H.1-Reference Guide. Each record has the same structure and contains:  The event which caused the record (e.14. i. SW version 2.g. from the moment that the event occurred. ©ComAp – May 2015 118 . “Overspeed alarm” or “GCB closed”)  The date and time when it was recorded  All important data values like RPM.

15.1. etc.pdf.NAME ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION Row number (0 corresponds to the last record.) Reason for history record (any event or alarm related to the Reason Reason gen-set Date Date Date Time Time Time RPM RPM Engine rotations per minute Power Pwr Generator active power Power Factor PF Generator power factor Load Character LChr Generator load character Generator Voltage Vg1 Generator voltage Ph1 Generator Voltage Vg2 Generator voltage Ph2 Generator Voltage Vg3 Generator voltage Ph3 Generator Current Ig1 Generator current Ph1 Generator Current Ig2 Generator current Ph2 Generator Current Ig3 Generator current Ph3 Oil Pressure OilP Oil pressure measured on the first analog input Engine Temperature EngT Engine temperature measured on the second analog input Fuel Level FLvl Fuel level measured on the third analog input Analog Input Module AIM1 Analog input 1 on IG-IOM extension module Analog Input Module AIM2 Analog input 2 on IG-IOM extension module Analog Input Module AIM3 Analog input 3 on IG-IOM extension module Analog Input Module AIM4 Analog input 4 on IG-IOM extension module Binary Inputs BIN Controller binary inputs Binary Input Module BIM Binary inputs on IG-IOM extension module Binary Inputs/Outputs BIOE Extension Module Binary Inputs/Outputs Extension Binary Outputs BOUT Controller binary outputs Binary Outputs Module BOM Binary outputs on IG-IOM extension module Speed regulator output (see chapter Speed Governor Speed Regulator Output SRO Interface) Voltage Regulator Output VRO Voltage regulator output (see chapter AVR Interface) 6.1 ECU values ECU VALUES NAME ABBREVIATION ECU Fuel rate EFR ECU Coolant Temperature ECT ECU Intake temperature EIT ECU Oil pressure EOP ECU Oil temperature EOT NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. SW version 2. -1 to the Number Num previous one. ©ComAp – May 2015 119 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Values can be also found in LiteEdit Values / Pwr Management and Info (LE ver.4 and higher). 4.1.1-Reference Guide.ECU Boost pressure EBP ECU Percent load at current speed EPL ECU Fuel Level EFL ECU Fault Code FC Failure Mode Identifier FMI 6.3 MINT specific values Information about gen-sets with GCB closed and their overall P and Q.15. SW version 2.1.2 SPtM specific values SPTM VALUES NAME ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION Mains Frequency Mfrq Mains frequency Mains Voltage Vm1 Mains voltage Ph1 Mains Voltage Vm2 Mains voltage Ph2 Mains Voltage Vm3 Mains voltage Ph3 Mains Active Power Pmns Mains active power Mains Reactive Power Qmns Mains reactive power Mains Power Factor MPF Mains power factor Mains Load Character MLCh Mains load character Mains Vector Shift MVS Mains vector shift 6.pdf. MINT VALUES NAME ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION Bus Frequency Bfrq Bus frequency Bus Voltage Vb1 Bus voltage Ph1 Bus Voltage Vb2 Bus voltage Ph2 Bus Voltage Vb3 Bus voltage Ph3 ActualReserve Ares Actual reserve GensLoaded16 GL16 Each bit if set represents gent-set with its GCB closed GensLoaded32 GL32 Each bit if set represents gent-set with its GCB closed Running ActPwr TRPA Overall power from gen-set with its GCB closed Overall reactive power from gen-set with its GCB Running Q-Pwr TRQA closed Running Nominal Power TRPN Total running nominal power Available Nominal Power APN Available nominal power NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 120 .15.

They are both identical. 6. it will also contain the history log.pdf. The archive can be later opened in offline mode to view the history log offline. SW version 2. Each timer has the following settings (in the Date/Time setpoint group).NOTE: The contents of the history log will be deleted after programming firmware or configuration into the controller. Some fields in these records may seem to have nonsense values. Do not take these values into account.ail file) is saved in LiteEdit. The history log can be displayed on the controller screen or in LiteEdit. NT InteliCompact . which are based on the RTC clock. ©ComAp – May 2015 121 . If an archive (*. NOTE: The first history record after the controller is switched on.16 Exercise timers There are two exercise timers available in the controller.1-Reference Guide. programmed or a watchdog reset occurs contains diagnostic values instead of operational values.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

Mode When this option is chosen.  Associated setpoints are located in the setpoint group Analog switches. 6.1 MINT There is no function other than activation of the binary outputs Exerc Timer 1 or Exerc No Func Timer 2. the Timer output is also internally connected to the TEST Remote TEST binary input.16. There are 2 timers. AutoRun When this option is chosen.  One binary output is associated with each switch The behaviour of the switch depends on the adjustment of the setpoints.6. the Timer directly starts gen-set (in AUT mode).1-Reference Guide. the Timer output is also internally connected to the MFail Blk MainsFailBlock binary input. ©ComAp – May 2015 122 . When this option is chosen. the Timer output is also internally connected to the OFF Remote OFF binary input. Timer 1 has a higher priority than Timer 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. In the event that both Timers are active at the same time. Timer functions can be activated only in AUT mode (not in OFF. SW version 2. NT InteliCompact .2 SPtM There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer 1 or Exerc Timer 2 No Func activation. the timer is activated for the remainder of the duration period. the Timer output is also internally connected to the OFF Remote OFF binary input. NOTE: Timers are activated even in the middle of the cycle. 6.16. The switches are suitable for preheat control. The timer outputs are available as binary outputs Exerc Timer 1 and Exerc Timer 2. the Timer output is also internally connected to the Rem OnLd TEST OnLd binary input. MAN or TEST).17 Analog switches One analog switch (comparator) is assigned to each analog input to the controller. TEST When this option is chosen. When this option is chosen. Mode When this option is chosen. This means that even when the controller is switched on after the moment when the timer should have been started and before it should have finished. day tank fuel pump control and others.pdf.

18 Power switch There is also one switch assigned to the gen-set active power. SWITCH OUTPUT LEVEL ON > LEVEL OFF ON OFF LEVEL OFF LEVEL ON ANALOG VALUE SWITCH OUTPUT LEVEL ON < LEVEL OFF ON OFF LEVEL ON LEVEL OFF ANALOG VALUE 6. which is called the Power switch.1 SPtM SPEED REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR SINGLE GEN-SET APPLICATION LOADED IN PARALLEL ISLAND LOADED ISLAND PARALLEL TO M AINS TO M AINS Running GCB closed GCB closed Synchronizing GCB opened MCB opened MCB closed NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. The output is provided as the binary output Power switch. SW version 2.pdf. 6.19. SWITCH OUTPUT LEVEL ON > LEVEL OFF ON OFF LEVEL OFF LEVEL ON ANALOG VALUE SWITCH OUTPUT LEVEL ON < LEVEL OFF ON OFF LEVEL ON LEVEL OFF ANALOG VALUE 6.19 Regulation loops The following table shows which setpoints influence regulation in which situation. The behaviour of the switch depends on the adjustment of the setpoints. The setpoints for on and off level adjustment are located in the setpoint group Analog switches.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 123 .

NT InteliCompact . All of them are PI type except angle loop.pdf. which is P type.1 only the first controller (with the lowest address at the CAN has) active voltage control loop. Other controllers are adapting voltage according to bus to the first one. 1.2 MINT SPEED REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR MULTIPLE GEN-SET APPLICATION LOADED IN ISLAND LOADED ISLAND PARALLEL TO M AINS PARALLEL TO M AINS Running GCB closed GCB closed Synchronizing GCB opened MCB opened MCB closed Speed/frequency control Speed/frequency loop: control loop: Power control loop: SRO output value = LoadShare Gain Freq Gain Load Gain Speed Gov Bias LoadShare Int Freq Int Load Int background nominal Angle control loop: frequency matching Angle Gain VOLTAGE REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR MULTIPLE GEN-SET APPLICATION MULTIPLE LOADED MULTIPLE PARALLEL TO MULTIPLE LOADED IN PARALLEL MULTIPLE ISLAND ISLAND M AINS TO M AINS Running GCB closed GCB closed Synchronizing GCB opened MCB opened MCB closed Voltage control Voltage control Voltage control loop: Power factor control loop: loop: loop: Voltage Gain PF Gain Voltage Gain VAr Share Gain Voltage Int PF Int Voltage Int VAr Share Int The following regulation loops are built into the controller.19. ©ComAp – May 2015 124 .1-Reference Guide. Speed/frequency control loop: Power control loop: SRO output value = SRO output value = Freq Gain Load Gain Speed Gov Bias Speed Gov Bias Freq Int Load Int Angle control loop: Angle Gain VOLTAGE REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR SINGLE GEN-SET APPLICATION ISLAND LOADED ISLAND PARALLEL TO M AINS LOADED IN PARALLEL TO M AINS Running GCB closed GCB closed Synchronizing GCB opened MCB opened MCB closed Voltage control loop: Voltage control loop: Voltage control loop: Power factor control loop: Voltage Gain Voltage Gain Voltage Gain PF Gain Voltage Int Voltage Int Voltage Int PF Int 6. NOTE: Since IC-NT SW v.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4. All controllers have active VAr Share regulation loop. SW version 2.

one half of the value where the oscillations started.19.  Switch the gen-set to MAN mode.1 only the first controller (with the lowest address at the CAN has) active voltage control loop. NT InteliCompact . where the appropriate regulation loop is active. 6.3. The recognition of parallel to mains operation is done on the basis of the binary input MCB feedback.1 Speed/frequency control loop The speed/frequency control loop is active during the synchronization.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.e. etc. set the synchro timeout to the maximum value. 6. set the limits for related alarms temporarily to values which will disable the alarms. when the “near to zero” slip frequency has been successfully achieved and then the differential angle between generator and mains/bus voltage shall be reduced to zero. ©ComAp – May 2015 125 .3.7 VAr sharing control loop The VAr sharing control loop is active during multiple island operation in MINT application.  Increase the gain slightly until the controlled quantity starts to oscillate. the voltage control loop is also running “in the background” of the VAr sharing loop (using P.1) to maintain the voltage at the nominal level.5 Voltage control loop The voltage control loop is active during synchronization (the generator voltage is controlled to the same value as the mains or bus have) and during island operation in SPtM (the gen-set voltage is controlled to the nominal voltage).19. whenever the GCB is closed and the binary input MCB feedback is not active or the setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM is in LDSHARING position. 6.3.2 Differential angle control loop The differential angle control loop is active during the synchronization.19. 6. when the gen-set frequency is controlled to the same value as the mains or bus have. a general rule can be followed in the beginning of the adjustment process:  Prepare the system for adjustment. 6.6.3. 1.3 Regulation control loops overview 6.1-Reference Guide.4.3.e.19.19. I parameters multiplied by 0.  Adjust the gain to 5% and integration to 0%.19.19.19. During multiple island operation in MINT. 6.pdf. NOTE: Since IC-NT SW v.4 PI regulation adjustment The exact adjustment of a PI loop always depends on the engine and generator characteristics. Then put it back to approx. In MINT the setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM must be also set to BASELOAD.19. However. SW version 2.3.4 Load sharing control loop The load sharing control loop is active in MINT.3 Power control loop The power control loop is active during the parallel to mains operation. i. i. start it and put it into the operation phase. The recognition of parallel to mains operation is done on the basis of the binary input MCB feedback. 6. All controllers have active VAr Share regulation loop. to achieve zero slip frequency. Other controllers are adapting voltage according to bus to the first one.6 Power factor control loop The power factor control loop is active during the parallel to mains operation.3.

while too high an I-factor will cause overshooting or even oscillations. CAUTION! Be ready to press the emergency stop button in the event that the regulation loop starts to behave unacceptably. Adjust the setpoint Phase Window to 0 to disable it. NOTE: It may be helpful to disable issuing the GCB close command when adjusting synchronization loops. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. Too small an I-factor will cause an excessively slow response.  Increase the integrative factor slightly to achieve acceptable response to changes. NT InteliCompact .pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 126 . Adjust the setpoint back to its original value after the adjustment is finished.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

Process Control 2.1-Reference Guide. SW version 2. If the setpoint is changed in one controller. Sync/Load Ctrl 10. Setpoints can be adjusted from the controller front panel. 7. which can be overwritten up to 5 10 times without risk of damage or data loss. power control from a PLC by repeated writing of baseload setpoint via Modbus) The setpoints are stored in EEPROM memory. Gener Protect 7. AnalogSwitches 14. In case there is another controller on the CAN bus. Basic Settings 3. This function is necessary especially for MINT application. All parameters marked as shared (“#”) are overwritten during archive download in case there is no another single controller visible on the CAN bus.1 Password protection Each setpoint can be protected by a password against unauthorized changes. See also the LiteEdit help to learn about working with a password in LiteEdit. etc. AMF Settings 9. Sensors Spec CAUTION! Do not write setpoints repeatedly (e.g. Pwr Management 8. 7.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 7. Volt/PF Control 11. i.e. the system will ensure that the respective setpoint will have an identical value in each connected controller. where the system of Power management is based on fact that the respective setpoints are identical in all controllers.3 Setpoint groups 1. Comms Settings 4. binary or special data objects which are used for adjusting the controller to the specific environment. SMS/E-Mail 13. when the allowed number of writing cycles is exceeded! NT InteliCompact . MODBUS. Engine Params 5. the same change will occur in all other controllers. but it may become damaged. Engine Protect 6. See the chapter Operator guide for instructions on how to enter and modify a password. the shared parameters are not overwritten. Password protection can be assigned to the setpoints during the configuration procedure. ExtI/O Protect 12. Setpoints are organized into groups according to their meaning. ©ComAp – May 2015 127 . Date/Time 15.7 Setpoints Setpoints are analog. PC.pdf.2 Setpoint synchronization Setpoints marked with a “#” sign at the beginning of their names are synchronized with other controllers present on the CAN bus line.

3. Nomin Current 4. Gear Teeth 15. Base PF 3. CAN Bus Mode 7. PeakLevelStop 12. AirGate IP 17.1 Setpoints – Process Control 1. ComAp Port 12.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. PT Ratio 10. APN Name 13. Export Limit 5.pdf. ModbusComSpeed 6. Nominal Power 3. PeakLevelStart 11.3 Setpoints – Comms Settings 1. ControllerAddr 2. SMTP UserName 18.7.3. Vm PT Ratio 11. Baseload 2. APN UserName 14.2 Setpoints – Basic Settings 1. CT Ratio 5. ControllerName 2. #SysBaseLoad 8. IBLite IP Addr 8. ControllerMode 16. PeakAutS/S Del 13. COM2 Mode 4. #Neutral cont 7. Nominal Volts 9. Im/EF CT Ratio 7. IBLite NetMask 9. IBLite GateIP 10. IBLite DHCP 11. AirGate 16. EF CT Ratio 6. APN UserPass 15. ©ComAp – May 2015 128 . ModemIniString 5. Nominal RPM 14. #SysPwrFactor 9. Synchro Enable 10.1-Reference Guide. Nominal Freq 13. AMFStartEnable 4. Export kW 6. Im/EF input 8. Reset To MAN 17. SMTP UserPass 19. Vb PT Ratio 12. SMTP Server IP NT InteliCompact . SW version 2. COM1 Mode 3. Backlight time 7.3. #SysLdCtrl PtM 7.

Start W Freq 3. Amps Unbal BOC 7. WrnMaintenance 7.pdf. AI1 Del 10. Overspeed Sd 4. D+ Function 17. Idle Time 9. EarthFault Sd NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Cooling Speed 12.5 Setpoints – Engine Protect 1. AI3 Del 16. Time Zone 22. Amps Unbal Del 8. SDVentil Time 15. Fuel Solenoid 16. MaxCrank Time 6. Amps IDMT Del 4. AI1 Yel 8. Crank Attempts 8.3. Horn Timeout 2. Short Crct BOC 5.3. Cooling Time 13. AI3 Red 15. CrnkFail Pause 7. ECU FreqSelect 18. Short Crct Del 6. AI1 Red 9. ProtectHoldOff 3.6 Setpoints – Gener Protect 1.3. DNS IP Address 7. Starting RPM 2. Batt Undervolt 6. Prestart Time 5. AI2 Del 13. Overload BOC 2. Starting Oil P 4. SW version 2. FuelTankVolume 7. 20.1-Reference Guide. Overload Del 3. Stop Time 14. Batt Volt Del 7. ©ComAp – May 2015 129 . AI2 Yel 11. Max Stab Time 11. MaxFuelDrop 19. Contr MailBox 21. Min Stab Time 10.4 Setpoints – Engine Params 1. AI2 Red 12. AI3 Yel 14. Batt Overvolt 5.

ExcitationLoss 22.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Volt Unbal Del 15. Pwr Management 2. Gen >Freq BOC 16. Gen V Del 13. #RunHrsMaxDiff 19. #PwrBnChngDlDn 7. VectorShiftLim 10. #SlowStopDel 17. Mains V Del 6. #LoadResStrt 2 11. #LoadResStop 2 12. #OverldNextDel 15. EmergStart Del 2. Gen >V Sd 11. RunHoursBase 18. EarthFault Del 10. Gen Freq Del 18. Mains >V 4. #PowerMgmtMode 4. Volt Unbal BOC 14. BusMeasError 19. MCB Close Del 12. #LoadResStop 1 10. #Min Run Power 13. #PriorAutoSwap 6.3. #LoadResStrt 1 9. ReturnFromTEST NT InteliCompact . #SysAMFstrtDel 7.1-Reference Guide.7 Setpoints – Pwr Management MINT only 1. Reverse Pwr Del 21. RetFromIsland 14. ExctLoss Del 7. Gen <V BOC 12. #PwrBnChngDlUp 20. SW version 2. Gen <Freq BOC 17. Mains <V 5. BreakerOverlap 15. Mains Freq Del 9.3. Priority 5. Pwr Manag Del 3.8 Setpoints – AMF Settings SPtM only 1. MCB Opens On 13.pdf. Transfer Del 11. 9. Mains <Freq 8. #NextStopDel 16. MainsReturnDel 3. ©ComAp – May 2015 130 . #SysAMFstopDel 8. #NextStrt Del 14. Reverse Pwr BOC 20. Mains >Freq 7.

IOM AI1 Red 3. IOM AI2 Del 7. IOM AI3 Red 9. Freq Gain 10. PF Int 6. 16. GCB Open Level 16. Load Gain 14.3. Speed Gov Bias 3. Freq Int 11.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. IOM AI4 Yel 11. Voltage Window 7. Red Alarm Msg 3. LoadShare Gain 19. GCB Open Del 17. VAr Share Int 7. IOM AI4 Red 12.3. Sync Timeout 18. VAr Share Gain 7. ©ComAp – May 2015 131 . IOM AI4 Del 7. Voltage Gain 3. MCB Logic 7. IOM AI3 Del 10. SpeedGovHiLim 5. SpeedGovLowLim 4.11 Setpoints – ExtI/O Protect 1. PF Gain 5.3. SW version 2. Speed Gov Char 2. Dwell Time 9. IOM AI1 Del 4. Load Int 15. IOM AI2 Yel 5. Angle Gain 12. Yel Alarm Msg 2.1-Reference Guide. Phase Window 8. IOM AI2 Red 6. IOM AI1 Yel 2. Event Msg NT InteliCompact .10 Setpoints – Volt/PF Control 1. LoadShare Int 7. TauSpeedActuat 6.pdf. AVRi Bias 2.9 Setpoints – Sync/Load Ctrl 1.12 Setpoints – SMS/E-Mail 1. Voltage Int 4. Load Ramp 13.3. IOM AI3 Yel 8.

13 Setpoints – AnalogSwitches 1.3. 4.pdf. PowerSwitch ON 8. AnaSwitch2 ON 4. IOM AI2 Calibr 6. #SummerTimeMod 3. Timer1 Repeat 6.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. AnaSwitch1 OFF 3. Timer1 Function 9.15 Setpoints – Sensors Spec 1. AnaSwitch3 OFF 7. IOM AI1 Calibr 5.3. Timer1Duration 8. AnaSwitch3 ON 6. AnaSwitch1 ON 2. TelNo/Addr Ch1 5. Timer2 Repeat 10.1-Reference Guide. #Date 5. AI1Calibration 2. TelNo/Addr Ch2 7. Timer2 Function 7. Timer1 ON Time 7. ©ComAp – May 2015 132 . AnaSwitch2 OFF 5. PowerSwitch OFF 7. AI2Calibration 3. IOM AI3 Calibr 7.14 Setpoints – Date/Time 1. IOM AI4 Calibr NT InteliCompact . Timer2Duration 12. #Time 4. AI3Calibration 4. Time Stamp Per 2. SW version 2. Timer2 ON Time 11.3.

Extension I/O 8.1-Reference Guide. Engine 2. 8. Controller I/O 7. the invalid flag is set to it. Bus 5. Cool Temp ECU 6.pdf.  The configured ECU or extension module does not provide the particular value. 8. Generator 3. Perc Load ECU 11. Values are organized into groups according to their meaning. PC. Date/Time 10.8 Values Values (or quantities) are analog or binary data objects. FuelLevel ECU NT InteliCompact .  Sensor fail has been detected on an analog input. SW version 2. Oil Press ECU 8. Open any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. W-TerminalFreq 3. it will contain the data 32768 in the case of signed values and 65535 in the case of unsigned values. ©ComAp – May 2015 133 . measured or computed by the controller. that are intended for reading from the controller screen. IntakeTemp ECU 7. Fuel Rate ECU 5.1 Invalid flag If valid data is available for a particular value. ECU State 4. etc. A value containing the invalid flag is displayed as “####” in LiteEdit and on the controller screen.  The communication with the ECU or extension module is interrupted. This situation may be due to the following:  The value is not being evaluated in the scope of the current application and configuration. Info 8.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. RPM 2. MODBUS. Pwr Management 6. Oil Temp ECU 9. Mains 4. NOTE: A complete overview of all data objects available in the controller can be exported by LiteEdit into a text file. BoostPress ECU 10.1 Values – Engine 1. If such a value is read out via Modbus.2 Value groups 1. Statistics 9.

Gen kVA L3 13. ECU FreqSelect 13. Gen kW L3 5. Gen Lchr L2 19. Mains Freq 2. Gen PF 14. Mains kW I 10. Mains V L1-L2 6. Gen kVA L1 11. Gen PF L2 18.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Mains V L1-N 3. Mains V L3-L1 8.3 Values – Mains SPtM only 1. DPF1 Ash Load 8. Gen A L3 31. Gen PF L1 16. Mains PF 12. Gen V L2-N 24. Gen A L1 29.1-Reference Guide. Gen V L3-N 25. EarthFaultCurr 8. Gen A L2 30. Gen Freq 22. Gen kVAr L1 7. Gen V L1-N 23. Mains A L3/EF 9. DPF1 Soot Load 16. Gen kVA L2 12.pdf. Gen kVA 10. Load kVAr NT InteliCompact . Mains V L2-L3 7. Gen V L3-L1 28. Gen kVAr L2 8. 12. Mains kVAr I 11. Gen kVAr L3 9. Gen Lchr L1 17. Gen PF L3 20. Gen V L1-L2 26.2. Gen kVAr 6. Gen V L2-L3 27. Gen kW 2. Gen Lchr L3 21. ©ComAp – May 2015 134 . Gen Load char 15. SpeedReq RPM 15. Mains V L2-N 4. SW version 2. Mains V L3-N 5.2 Values – Generator 1. Mains LChr 13. Gen kW L2 4. Gen kW L1 3. Speed Request 14.2. Load kW 14.

Battery Volts 2. Bus V L3-L1 8.7 Values – Extension I/O 1.2. GSM Diag Code 13. Bus V L2-L3 7. MaxVectorShift 8. GSM ErrorRate 12. SW version 2. Angle 8. Actual Reserve 2. IOM AI3 NT InteliCompact . Bin Outputs 8.1-Reference Guide.4 Values – Bus MINT only 1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Angle 19. Load LChr 17. Bus V L2-N 4. Bus V L3-N 5. GSM SignalLvl 11.2. Bus Freq 2. Analog Input 2 5. Slip 18. Running ActPwr 3.5 Values – Pwr Management MINT only 1. AVRi Output 10. Analog Input 1 4. AirGate ID 15.2. Analog Input 3 6. Modem Status 8. Bin Inputs 7. IOM AI2 3.6 Values – Controller I/O 1. Running NomPwr 5. Avail Nom Pwr 6.2. Bus V L1-L2 6. Priority 7. Running Q-Pwr 4. 15. IOM AI1 2. Load PF 16. Next Pwr Band 8. D+ 3. ©ComAp – May 2015 135 .pdf. Act Pwr Band 8. Slip 9. Speed Gov Out 9. Bus V L1-N 3. AirGate Diag 14.

Breaker State 3. CAN32 10. PerTotFuelCons 8.1-Reference Guide. Shutdowns 8. FW Branch 7. Num Starts 5.2. 4. CAN16 9. Maintenance 6.9 Values – Date/Time 1. GensLoaded32 NT InteliCompact . Date 8.8 Values – Statistics 1. Run Hours 4. Engine State 2. IOM Bin Out 8. ExtM Bin Inp 7. Num E-Stops 7.2. Time 2. IOM Bin Inp 6. Energy kWh 2. IOM AI4 5. Energy kVAhr 3. TotFuelConsum 9. FW Version 6.2. SW version 2. Timer Value 5.pdf. PasswordDecode 8. ©ComAp – May 2015 136 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Timer Text 4. GensLoaded16 11. RA Bin Out 8.10 Values – Info 1.

MainsFailBlock NT InteliCompact . Access Lock 6. GCB Button 16. Emergency MAN 11. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 137 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Rem TEST OnLd 4. PerFuelConsRes 9. Stop Button 13. Ext MF Relay 7.3 SPtM specific SPtM only 1. Remote MAN 8.1-Reference Guide. Remote TEST 3. GCB Feedback 2.1 Common functions 1. Min Run Power 4. MCB Feedback 3. Emergency Stop 4. HornResButton 15. Load Reserve 2 3. Start Button 12. RevSyncDisable 5. Remote OFF 7. Rem Start/Stop 2.2 MINT specific MINT only 1. Sd Override 5. FaultResButton 14. MCB Button 6. RemControlLock 10. ForwSyncDisabl 17. Remote AUT 9.9 Binary input functions The following functions can be configured to physical binary inputs (terminals) of the controller and/or extension modules: 9. Sys Start/Stop 2. Top Priority 9. NeutralCB fdb 18.pdf.

Red Alarm 31. Mode OFF 32. Synchronizing 21. Ready To Load 20. ECU Comm OK 2. Mode MAN 33. Loaded 23. ©ComAp – May 2015 138 . Speed Down 17. Exerc Timer 2 36. ECU PowerRelay NT InteliCompact . ECU RedLamp 5. Breaker Trip 39. Fuel Solenoid 4.1 Common functions NOTE: Learn more about wiring of binary outputs in the chapter Wiring of binary outputs. Speed Up 16. Exerc Timer 1 35. 1.pdf. SW version 2. AVR Up 18. Unloading 24. Yellow Alarm 30. AnalogSwitch 1 25. Starter 2. ECU Comm Error 3. Power Switch 37. Prestart 8. ECU YellowLamp 4. Gen Healthy 29. AVR Down 19. Alarm 9. Battery B 3. kWh pulse 10. AnalogSwitch 3 27. GCB UV Coil 15.10 Binary output functions 10. Horn 10.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Mode AUT 34.1-Reference Guide. AnalogSwitch 2 26. Ctrl HeartBeat 28. GCB Close/Open 12. Ignition 7. Stop Solenoid 5. Running 22.2 ECU info 1. GCB OFF Coil 14. GCB ON Coil 13. Fault Reset 11. Neutral CB C/O 38. Stop Pulse 6.

ExtBI 4 Status 35. AL Gen Volts 2. ExtBI 6 Status 37. BI6 Status 20.Freq 5. AL IOM AI4 Red 53. IOM BI5 Status 28. BI4 Status 18. AL Start Fail 10. AL Gen V. AL IOM AI1 Red 50. AL Overspeed 6. AL Common Sd 55. ExtBI 2 Status 33. AL AI2 Red 44. AL Common BOC 57. AL Exct Loss NT InteliCompact . BI7 Status 21. AL AI2 Yel 41. AL Batt Volt 13. BI3 Status 17. SW version 2. ExtBI 5 Status 36. AL Gen Freq 3. IOM BI4 Status 27. AL Overload 8. AL AI1 Yel 40.pdf. AL IOM AI3 Red 52. BI1 Status 15.10. IOM BI1 Status 24. AL Sync Fail 12. AL AI3 Yel 42. AL IOM AI4 Yel 49. AL Common Wrn 54. IOM BI7 Status 30.3 Alarm mirrors 1. AL AI1 Red 43. BI5 Status 19. BI2 Status 16. AL IOM AI2 Yel 47. AL AI3 Red 45. BI8 Status 22. AL Underspeed 7. IOM BI3 Status 26. AL IOM AI1 Yel 46. ExtBI 7 Status 38.1-Reference Guide. AL IOM AI2 Red 51. AL Reverse Pwr 9. IOM BI6 Status 29. AL Common Fls 58. AL Common Stp 56. ExtBI 3 Status 34. IOM BI2 Status 25. ExtBI 1 Status 32. AL IOM AI3 Yel 48. AL Overcurrent 4. IOM BI8 Status 31.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. BI9 Status 23. AL Earth Fault 14. AL Stop Fail 11. ©ComAp – May 2015 139 . ExtBI 8 Status 39.

1-Reference Guide.pdf. EnginesSwapped 10. Mains Fail 8. System Ready 3. MCB ON Coil 3.10. SystReserve OK 4. Ready To AMF 6. Mains Healthy 7. MCB UV Coil 5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Mode TEST NT InteliCompact .4 MINT specific MINT only 1.5 SPtM specific SPtM only 1. Bus Healthy 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 140 . SW version 2. MCB Close/Open 2. MCB OFF Coil 4.

which is regularly updated and can be downloaded from the website www. see the appropriate chapters in this manual. 11. The module is plugged into the slot located on the rear side of the controller. IL-NT S-USB (USB easily removable service module) The RS232 or USB interface uses COM1 port of the controller. NT InteliCompact . GND for a RS232 connection.1 Direct cable connection An external communication module is necessary to enable direct cable connection to a PC.cz. More detailed information about all topics regarding communications is available in the document Inteli Communication Guide. CROSS-WIRED RS232 RS232 IL-NT RS232 RS232 CABLE IL-NT RS232-485 Physical COM Port RS485 RS485 CABLE RS485 IL-NT RS232-485 Physical COM Port CROSSED-WIRED RS232 RS232 CABLE USB RS232 IL-NT RS232 USB Virtual COM Port Shielded USB „A“ USB USB cable IL-NT S-USB Virtual COM Port DIRECT CABLE CONNECTION TYPES The following modules are available for direct connection to a PC: 1.1-Reference Guide. USB or RS485 interface can be used for direct cable connection to a PC. IL-NT RS232-485 3. NOTE: Use a cross-wired serial communication cable with DB9 female connectors and signals Rx. IL-NT RS232 2.comap.11 Communication For details about communication with extension modules and EFI equipped engines. Find more information about installation of the modules in a separate chapter. The RS485 uses COM2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The setpoint COM1 Mode or COM2 Mode (according to the interface used) must be set to DIRECT position for this kind of connection. ©ComAp – May 2015 141 . A RS232. Tx.pdf. SW version 2.

g. Use the setpoint ModemIniString to add the necessary AT commands which will be sent to the modem during the initialization. Either an analog. GSM or ISDN) as used on the controller also on the PC side.1-Reference Guide. a national telephone network-specific feature. NOTE: Use the same kind of modem (e. TC35. See the documentation of the modem for details.11. analog. GSM or ISDN modem must be connected to the RS232 interface and the setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to MODEM. TC35i. an additional initialization string may be required. ES75. 11. IL-NT RS232-485 The RS232 interface uses COM1 port of the controller. ©ComAp – May 2015 142 . MC39 (baud rate 9600 bps)  Wavecom M1200/WMOD2 (baud rate 9600 bps)  Wavecom Maestro 20  Wavecom Fastrack M1306B (Fastrack M1206B is not recommended)  Falcom A2D NT InteliCompact . This may be due to.1 Recommended GSM modems  Siemens/Cinterion M20. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. If you have trouble with modem communication.2. Ethernet IL-NT RS232 RS232 LAN / WAN / RJ45 IL-NT RS232-485 GSM INTERNET MODEM BTS / Mobile provider OR IL-NT RS232 RS232 IL-NT RS232-485 GSM GSM MODEM MODEM Ethernet IL-NT RS232 RS232 LAN / WAN / RJ45 IL-NT RS232-485 INTERNET ANALOG MODEM OR IL-NT RS232 RS232 IL-NT RS232-485 ANALOG ANALOG MODEM MODEM MODEM CONNECTION TYPES The following modules can be used for a modem connection to a PC: 1.pdf. for example. IL-NT RS232 2.2 Modem connection A PC can be connected to the controller also remotely via modems.

©ComAp – May 2015 143 .2.1-Reference Guide. GSM modems need to be set up prior to using them with the controller. See the latest Inteli Communication Guide (available on the ComAp web site) for details. 11. Ethernet CROSS-WIRED Ethernet RJ45 ETHERNET CABLE RJ45 IB-Lite Static IP Ethernet Ethernet RJ45 LAN / WAN / RJ45 IB-Lite INTERNET Static (Public) IP Ethernet LAN / WAN / RJ45 IL-NT GPRS INTERNET Static (Public) IP BTS / Mobile provider Ethernet RJ45 IB-Lite LAN / WAN / Non-static non-public IP Only AirGate ID INTERNET (controller nickname) Ethernet RJ45 LAN / WAN / IL-NT GPRS INTERNET Non-static non-public IP BTS / Mobile Only AirGate ID Ethernet provider (controller nickname) RJ45 INTERNET CONNECTION FOR SINGLE CONTROLLER NT InteliCompact . NOTE: It is always recommended to use modems bought in and approved for the target country.2 Modem setup procedure Analog modems obviously do not require any setup.3 Internet connection A PC can be connected to the controller also remotely via Ethernet (internet. An appropriate Ethernet communication module must be used.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3. SW version 2. Use the gm_setup program (installed together with LiteEdit) to perform initial setup of the modem.11. 11. The setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to the DIRECT position.1 SPtM Use a plug-in communication module IB-Lite or IL-NT-GPRS to connect to the IC-NT SPtM controller via the internet.pdf. The only case in which setup could be necessary is if the modem has been bought in a country with a telephony system different than the target country where the modem will be used. intranet). The setup must be done while a SIM card is inserted.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.11. The setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to the DIRECT position.3.pdf. Ethernet CROSS-WIRED Ethernet RJ45 ETHERNET CABLE RJ45 IB-Lite Static (Public) IP (a) LAN / WAN / CAN INTERNET Ethernet RJ45 IB-Lite Static (Public) IP (b) IL-NT GPRS Static (Public) IP (a) CAN Ethernet LAN / WAN / RJ45 INTERNET IL-NT GPRS BTS / Mobile provider Static (Public) IP (b) Ethernet RJ45 IB-Lite Non-static non-public IP LAN / WAN / CAN Only AirGate ID (controller nickname) INTERNET Ethernet Ethernet IB-Lite RJ45 RJ45 Non-static non-public IP Only AirGate ID IL-NT GPRS Non-static non-public IP CAN Only AirGate ID LAN / WAN / INTERNET IL-NT GPRS BTS / Mobile Ethernet Non-static non-public IP provider RJ45 Only AirGate ID CAN or IB-NT Eth BTS / Mobile provider LAN / WAN / Non-static non-public IP INTERNET Only AirGate ID Ethernet RJ45 CAN INTERNET CONNECTION FOR MULTIPLE CONTROLLERS NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 144 .1-Reference Guide.2 MINT Use a plug-in communication module IB-Lite or IL-NT-GPRS on each controller for connecting to IC- NT MINT controllers via the internet. SW version 2.

▲ and “Enter” to get to the “Comms Settings” menu (THIS APPLIES TO FIRMWARE VERSIONS 1. Press “Upload new firmware” button. If the default address does not match local network parameters (i.168.1.253 and subnet mask 255.pdf.3. See details in the Installation chapter.xxx or the IP 192.3. 4. Just repeat the upload again. After a successful login the configuration page will be displayed.254/sp_config. tick the checkbox “Trusted clients” and fill-in the allowed IP addresses.168. 5. If you are connected directly. 3.htm. 6. restore your PC setting back to the original values. the module will restart. 3.1-Reference Guide. 4.4. Plug the module into the controller and power the controller on. 2. Connect the module into your Ethernet network. 2.3 AND HIGHER).254 and then enter the access code. 8. ©ComAp – May 2015 145 . connect the module directly to your PC using a cross-wired cable.1. 7.168.168.168.e.htm. Follow steps 1–3 of the configuration procedure above.1.255.255. SW version 2.1. Use the following settings: DHCP disabled.1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. After the IB-Lite setup is finished. 11.1.168. The default settings of the module are IP = 192.255. IP from the range 192.2 Firmware upgrade 1.0 and Gateway = 192. 5.168. close the “restore default setting” jumper located on the module before switching the controller on and remove it few seconds after the controller has been switched on.4.3.168. Direct your web browser to the IP address of the module.1 – 192.11. e.0.4 IB-Lite setup procedure NOTE: Setting the module up requires a certain familiarity with network administration. NOTE: Interrupting the upload will NOT cause any damage. Ask your IT specialist for assistance.1. If you want to enable access only for clients with a specified IP address.g. After a successful login the configuration page will be displayed. the network segment does not use the IP range 192.254.254/sp_fw_upld.255. 9.168. Note that also most public SMTP servers require authentication and e-mails must be sent from an existing address. After the firmware upload is finished.1 Configuration 1. 11. Consult your IT specialist for proper IP settings. Press the button “Browse” and select the appropriate firmware file. you have to change temporarily the IP address and subnet mask of your PC Ethernet connection. The default password for service webpages is “comap” (or “0”).1 and above makes it possible to use any web browser for basic monitoring and adjustment of the controller. Start a web browser and direct it to http://192.254 is occupied). Consult your e-mail provider for proper e-mail settings.1.3. http://192. NOTE: The default settings can be changed directly from the controller panel by pressing the “Page” button and using ▼. To restore the default settings. Netmask = 255. Start a web browser and direct it to http://192. NOTE: See also the latest LiteEdit Reference Guide (available on the ComAp web site) for more information about IB-Lite setup.3 Using a web browser The IB-Lite module with firmware version 1. 11. It is recommended to change the user name and password and keep the new values confidential.1. NT InteliCompact .1.

cz/news-room/news-and-events/detail/The-Rainbow-rises-for-remotemonitoring- applications/ 11. IB-Lite (Modbus/TCP) The setpoint COM1 Mode (RS232) resp. IL-NT RS232-485 3. IL-NT RS232 2.comap.3. http://www. NOTE: The controller is able to detect IB-Lite module and performs automatic configuration.3. RS485 or Ethernet interface and MODBUS protocol. It is possible to view the localization in WebSupervisor.10 Locate The controller supports the technology for GSM localization using an IL-NT-GPRS communication module.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 146 . Related setpoints COM1 Mode = DIRECT. NT InteliCompact . 11. ModbusCommSpeed = 57600 (THIS APPLIES TO FIRMWARE VERSIONS 2. The following modules can be used for this purpose: 1.comap.7 IG-IB setup procedure See the latest InteliCommunicationGuide for the information on how to set up the IG-IB module.3.9 AirGate technology for easy plug-and-play wireless communication is incorporated into the product.5 System integration The controller can be integrated into a building management or similar system using an RS232.3. See a more detailed description of the MODBUS protocol in a separate chapter.8 SNMP Support for Simple Network Management Protocol was implemented.3. SW version 2.cz/news-room/news-and-events/detail/AirGate http://www.6 InternetBridge-NT setup procedure See the latest InternetBridge-NT Reference Guide for the information on how to set up the IB-NT module. 11. This overcomes problems with the necessity for a special SIM card (fixed and public IP).pdf.3. 11. COM2 Mode = MODBUS. The speed of MODBUS communication for RS232 and RS485 can be adjusted by the setpoint ModbusCommSpeed.1-Reference Guide. An ordinary SIM card with GPRS service is suitable for this system. To generate MIB table go to LiteEdit 4. COM2 Mode (RS485. Ethernet) must be set to the MODBUS position.11. firewalls and difficult communication settings.6 or higher and use “Controller” -> “Generate Cfg image” -> “Generate SNMP MIB table”. 11.0 AND HIGHER).

The physical link parameters are:  8 data bits  1 stop bit  no parity  communication speed selectable by the setpoint ModbusComSpeed The Modbus/TCP protocol uses the TCP/IP frames as the transport layer for Modbus frames.pdf. The delay is not shorter than the time needed to send/receive 3. power control from a PLC by repeated writing of baseload setpoint via Modbus) The setpoints are stored in EEPROM memory. NOTE: The complete list of available registers can be obtained from LiteEdit. CAUTION! Do not write setpoints repeatedly (e.1-Reference Guide. but it may become damaged. Open an online connection to the controller or open offline an archive and go to the menu Controller -> Generate Cfg image to get the register list. This protocol is available via the IB-Lite module on port 502. The following features from the Modbus specification are supported:  Transfer mode RTU  Function 3 (Read Multiple Registers)  Function 6 (Write Single Register)  Function 16 (Write Multiple Registers) The response to an incoming message depends on the communication speed.5 characters. See the latest Inteli Communication Guide (available on the ComAp website) for details and examples.g.0. SW version 2. when the allowed number of writing cycles is exceeded! NT InteliCompact .11.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4 Modbus protocol The Modbus protocol can be activated on the RS232 or RS485 port. The complete description of the Modbus communication protocol can be found in the Modbus Protocol Reference Guide PI-MBUS-300 and Open Modbus Specification Release 1. which can be overwritten up to 5 10 times without risk of damage or data loss. Both documents are available on the web. ©ComAp – May 2015 147 .

No further programming of the display is required – unit is self configurable from the main controller. Longer distances (up to 1200m) are possible using IL-NT-RS232-485 communication module or when RS232/RS485 converters are used. NT InteliCompact . Remote display provides the same control and monitoring functions as controller itself (except limitations given by HW differences between remote display and controller). ©ComAp – May 2015 148 . The other IL-NT hardware types have other limitations according to HW variations from IC-NT HW.11.pdf. It is connected with the controller via IL-NT-RS232 communication modules using RS232 line. This information is anyway given by combination of GCB and MCB position LEDs placed on the right and left side next to the Bus under voltage LED. Remote display for IC-NT controllers uses standard IL-NT controller platform with IC-NT Remote display software. See IC-NT RD SW website to find out more information about installation and configuration.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. HINT: IC-NT RD SW works analogically to IL-NT RD SW.5 IC-NT-RD Remote display software NT IC-NT-RD is remote display software for an InteliCompact controller. NOTE: In case of IL-NT-AMF25 HW only Bus under voltage LED (indicating if the bus is under voltage or not/if the Load is supplied or not) is missing.1-Reference Guide.

12 Maintenance

12.1 Backup battery replacement
The internal backup battery lifetime is approx. 10 years. Replace the battery if the alarm Low
BackupBatt occurs. Follow these instructions:

1. Connect the controller to a PC and save an archive for backup purposes.
2. Disconnect all terminals from the controller and remove the controller from the switchboard.
3. Release the rear cover using a flat screwdriver or other suitable tool.

4. Remove all plug-in modules.
5. The battery is located in a holder on the circuit board. Remove the old battery with a small
sharp screwdriver and push the new battery into the holder with your finger. Use only a
CR1225 lithium battery.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 149

6. Put the rear cover back. Use slight pressure to lock the snaps into the housing. Ensure that
the cover is in the correct position and not upside down!
7. Plug the modules back into the slots.
8. Power the controller on, adjust the date and time and check all setpoints.

NOTE:
NT
When the internal RTC battery is drained, the InteliCompact function (e.g. Ready for standby) does
not change until the controller power supply is switched off. After the next power switch on (with
drained battery already), the controller will:

- Stay in the INIT state (not possible to run gen-set)
- All History records disappear except for the “System log: SetpointCS err” record
- Time and Date values are set to zero
- Statistics values are random

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 150

13 Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
The unit is dark, no display, no LEDs are lit.
CAUSE SOLUTION
There is no power on the power terminals. Check the power supply voltage.
The boot-jumper is inserted. Remove the boot-jumper.

SYMPTOM
No display, only the backlight is on.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Press the PAGE button five times, then press
and hold the ENTER button and together press
Extremely low display contrast.
and hold the UP button until display shows
correctly.
Not valid firmware in the controller. This
situation can occur if the previous programming Reprogram the firmware using the boot-jumper.
of the firmware was interrupted.

SYMPTOM
The unit shows “Configuration table error” and does not work.
CAUSE SOLUTION
The controller does not contain a valid
configuration. This situation can occur if
Reprogram the configuration.
previous programming of the configuration was
interrupted.

SYMPTOM
The unit shows “INIT” and does not work, controller mode cannot be changed. This
situation occurs after controller reset if the checksum of setpoints is not correct.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Use LiteEdit online connected to the controller
to check all setpoints and correct the wrong
ones. You have to change at least one setpoint.
New firmware containing new setpoints has
If all setpoints are correct, change one of them
been programmed.
back to the original value to recalculate the
checksum. Then use the LiteEdit command
Controller -> Reset from init state.
Replace the battery as described in the
Maintenance chapter. Then proceed with
LiteEdit as described in the previous situation.
The RTC backup battery is empty.
An alternative way is checking all setpoints from
the front panel. Change at least one of them
and then switch the controller off and on.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 151

SYMPTOM
You do not know the password.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Display the information screen containing the
serial number and the password decode
number as described in the chapter Controller
You’ve probably forgotten it. information screen. Write down both numbers
and send a request to retrieve the password to
your local distributor containing these two
numbers.

SYMPTOM
The controller does not respond to mode buttons on the front panel.
CAUSE SOLUTION
The mode is forced by one of remote mode Deactivate all remote mode inputs to be able to
inputs. change the mode from the front panel.
The input Access Lock is active. Deactivate the input.
The setpoint ControllerMode is password-
Enter the password prior to changing the mode.
protected.

SYMPTOM
The controller does not respond to the START, STOP or breaker buttons on the front
panel.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Switch the controller into MAN mode. Read
The controller is not in MAN mode.
more in the Operating modes chapter.
The gen-set cannot be started if any red alarm
is active. The GCB cannot be closed until the
The conditions needed for start or for closing of
gen-set is running and the generator voltage
the breakers are not fulfilled.
and frequency are within limits. More in the
Stabilization chapter.

SYMPTOM
It is not possible to change setpoints.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Some setpoints can be configured as protected Enter the password prior going to change
by password. protected setpoints
The binary input Access Lock is active. Switch the Access lock off.

SYMPTOM
Incorrect kW and power factor reading, but correct voltage and current readings.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Wrong wiring of voltage and/or current
measurements. I.e. the voltage connected to L1
Correct the wiring to fit all phases of the voltage
voltage terminal is not the same generator
to their CTs.
phase as the CT connected to L1 current
terminal or the same situation for L2 or L3.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 152

SYMPTOM
Governor output does not work; the output level is continuously at the lower or upper
limit.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Wrong (opposite) position of the setpoint Speed Check the setpoint position if it fits the Governor
Gov Char. requirements.
Opposite or wrong wiring of the Governor/AVRi
Check and correct the wiring.
output.
The governor output is switched to PWM mode Put the PWM jumper at the governor output into
but the governor needs voltage mode or vice the proper position according to the Governor
versa. requirements.

SYMPTOM
The cranking is cut off too early, the engine does not start.
CAUSE SOLUTION
Adjust the setpoint to a higher pressure level
than can be achieved by cranking only. Note,
The setpoint Starting Oil P is adjusted too low.
that under cold condition the oil pressure
achieved during cranking can be higher.
Disconnect the W terminal from the pickup
W terminal is connected to the pickup input of
input, then start the gen-set in manual mode
the controller, but autodetection of frequency-to-
and wait until the gen-set is ready to take the
speed ratio was not performed (e.g. if the
load. Then stop the engine and connect the W
controller was previously used with another
terminal back. The autodetection process will
engine with another charging alternator).
be performed during next start.

SYMPTOM
The MCB control does not work properly, the alarm MCB fail is present all the time.
CAUSE SOLUTION
The position of the setpoint MCB Logic does not Switch the setpoint MCB Logic into proper
match the current MCB wiring. position.

SYMPTOM
The communication via CAN bus with other engines, extension units or ECU does not
work, i.e. you do not see other engines in the CAN16 or CAN32 value or the controller
shows an alarm in the Alarmlist that some of extension units or ECU does not
communicate.
CAUSE SOLUTION
The wiring of the CAN bus network is not Correct the wiring as described in the chapter
provided as linear bus without nodes. CAN bus wiring.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 153

SW version 2.8 A / 36 V (LT) Backup battery type CR 1225 Estimated backup battery 10 years lifetime 14. 25-100 Hz.14 Technical data 14.6 mm. +/.pdf. 50 mA / 36 V Peak power consumption approx. ©ComAp – May 2015 154 . EN 61000-6-3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.56 A / 8 V. 1. 10 V) immunity Power consumption approx.3 Physical dimensions Dimensions 185x125x60 mm (WxHxD) Weight Mounting cutout size 175x115 mm (WxH) 14.1.4 Standard conformity Electromagnetic EN 61000-6-1. a = 4 g 2 Shocks amax 200 m/s Storage temperature -30–80 °C 14. 0. EN 61000-6-4 compatibility Low voltage directive EN 61010-1:95 +A1:97 NT InteliCompact . EN 61000-6-2.2 Operating conditions Operating temperature -20–70 °C Operating temperature (LT -40–70 °C version) Operating humidity 95% non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) Protection degree (front IP65 panel) Vibration 5-25 Hz. 200 mA / 8 V.1-Reference Guide.1 Power supply Power supply range 8–36 V DC Power supply drop-out 50ms (from min.

©ComAp – May 2015 155 .Vs Input resistance 4. measured current 9A Max. measured voltage 340 V Ph-N Voltage accuracy 1% from the range Current range 5A Max. 50 A/1 Current accuracy 2% from the range NT InteliCompact . VDO Fuel level Supported sensor types User-defined: 10 points non-linear sensors can be defined by the user Precision 1% from the range 14. 4 digits Predefined: VDO 10Bar.5 Binary inputs Number of binary inputs 9 Galvanic insulation Not insulated Common pole Positive.1-Reference Guide.6 Binary outputs Number of binary outputs 8 Galvanic insulation Not insulated Type Transistor.8 Generator/Mains measurements Measurement inputs 3ph generator voltage. 3ph generator current.7 Analog inputs Number of analog inputs 3 Galvanic insulation Not insulated Electrical range 0–2500 Ω Resolution 10 bits. allowed current 12 A continuous.2 kΩ 14.pdf. 3ph mains voltage Measurement type True RMS Voltage range 480 V Ph-Ph (277 V Ph-N) Max. VDO Temperature.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. Vs = 8–36 V DC Closed contact voltage <2 V Open contact voltage 4 V . switching to negative supply terminal Operating voltage 8–36 V DC Switching current 500 mA (suppression diodes required for inductive loads) Total current 2 A (overall current for all binary outputs) 14.14.

5 VA Frequency range 30-70 Hz.9 Pickup input Input voltage 2–70 Vpp Frequency range 4 Hz–10 kHz (min 2 Vpp @ 4 kHz.1 IG-AVRi module Power supply 18 V AC from IG-AVRi Trans/LV or IG-AVRi Trans/100 Max. 5 VA NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. power supply range 15–25 V AC or 20–35V DC Inputs -AVR. PWM from IC-NT) Outputs OUT1.05 Hz 14. measured from L3 Frequency accuracy 0. DIN rail (35 mm) mounted 14.10 Charging alternator pre-excitation circuit Excitation current 200 mA. -AVR (two wires.pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 156 .11.2% 14. SW version 2. during the engine start only Charging fail threshold 80% of Usupply 14.11 AVR output Output type 5 V PWM.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 6 Vpp @ 10 kHz) Accuracy 0.2 IG-AVRi Trans/LV Primary voltage 1 230–277 V AC Absolute low limit 1 230 V AC – 20% Absolute high limit 1 277 V AC + 20% Primary voltage 2 400–480 V AC Absolute low limit 2 400 V AC – 20% Absolute high limit 2 480 V AC + 20% Frequency 50–60 Hz Secondary voltage 18 V AC.CT input burden <0. insulation is provided by IG-AVRi module 14. designed for IG-AVRi interface module Galvanic insulation Not insulated.11. OUT2 floating (potential free) voltage source AVRi output voltage range Potentiometer adjustable from ±1 V to ±10 V DC AVRi output current max 15 mA Mechanical dimensions 96 x 27 x 43 mm.

12 Governor output 0–10 V analog or 5 V @ 500 Hz PWM. available in MINT type only Galvanic insulation Insulated. ©ComAp – May 2015 157 .14 Extension modules interface Type CAN bus Galvanic insulation Insulated. 200 m Termination resistor 120 Ω. SW version 2.. D-SUB9M socket Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT RS232-485.11.. 500 V Baud rate 250 kbps Bus length max.3 IG-AVRi Trans/100 Primary voltage 100–120 V AC Absolute low limit 100 V AC .15 Interface to other controllers Type CAN bus.20% Absolute high limit 120 V AC + 20% Frequency 50–60 Hz Secondary voltage 18 V AC Operating temperature -30.+70 °C 14. 200 m NT InteliCompact .13 Remote communication interface RS232 Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT RS232. Serial Output type resistor 10 kΩ shortable by jumper Galvanic insulation Not insulated 14. built-in. plug-in RS485 terminal block Baud rate Depending on selected mode (up to 57600 bps) USB Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT S-USB Ethernet Optional using the plug-in module IB-Lite 14. selectable by jumper.pdf.1-Reference Guide.+70 °C 14. 500 V Baud rate 250 kbps Bus length max.Operating temperature -30. jumper activated 14.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

1-Reference Guide.pdf.15. built-in.1 Recommended CAN cables  Belden 3082A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet  Belden 3083A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet  Belden 3084A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet  Belden 3085A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet  Belden 3086A DeviceBus for Honeywell SDS  Belden 3087A DeviceBus for Honeywell SDS  Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus DeviceNet Trunk Cable  Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus DeviceNet Drop Cable  Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus CAN  Lapp Cable Unitronic-FD Bus P CAN UL/CSA NT InteliCompact . jumper activated 14.Termination resistor 120 Ω. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 158 .

English and Chinese are provided in the default archives. ©ComAp – May 2015 159 .  Custom dictionaries are created by the user during the translation process. There are two types of dictionaries:  Default dictionaries are distributed together with the controller firmware. NT InteliCompact . It is possible to create any language using a code page supported by the controller:  Win 1250 – Middle Europe  Win 1251 – Eastern Europe (Cyrillic)  Win 1252 – Western Europe.15 Language support The controller contains memory slots for 2 languages. The custom dictionary is used for storing translations that were made by the user because there was no default dictionary for the particular language.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. America  Win 1254 – Turkish  GB2312 – Chinese NOTE: See the Operator guide for information on how to select the controller front panel language. For more information about languages and translations. the default dictionary was incomplete or the user simply wishes to have different translations. see the LiteEdit help. The languages can be changed in the LiteEdit software using dictionaries.pdf. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide.

1 Setpoint: Baseload Group Process Control Range [units] 0 … Nominal power [kW] Related SPtM applications Description Required gen-set load in parallel to mains operation.1.3 Setpoint: AMFStartEnable Group Process Control Range [units] NO. 1. ENABLED [-] Related SPtM applications Description Tells controller to activate protection against power export to the Mains.1.16 Appendix 16.1. The function limits gen-set requested power to hold export power lower or equal to the setpoint Export kW.1. 16.1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.2 Setpoint: Base PF Group Process Control Range [units] 0. 16.4 Setpoint: Export Limit Group ProcessControl Range [units] DISABLED.7 . ©ComAp – May 2015 160 ..1 Table of setpoints 16.1. SW version 2.1. NT InteliCompact . 16.pdf. YES [-] Related SPtM applications Description Use this setpoint to enable or disable the AMF operation.0 [-] Related SPtM applications Description Required gen-set power factor when the gen-set is running parallel to the mains.1.1 Group: Process Control 16..1.

zero means no export/import. LDSHARING: Gen-sets load is controlled by MainsCompact controller to share the total load (given by the setpoint #SysBaseLoad) with other loaded gen-sets in such a way. LDSHARING [-] Related MINT applications Description Load control mode in parallel to mains operation of the whole group of gen- sets.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. The setpoint #Sys base load is also used for determining which gen-sets have to run or not.1-Reference Guide. load- sharing is not active. a positive value export limit.1. BASELOAD: The total power of the group is controlled to constant level given by the setpoint #SysBaseLoad. NT InteliCompact .16. Load-sharing regulation loop is active.. In systems without MainsCompact the setpoint must be in the BASELOAD position. 4000 [kW] Related MINT applications Description Required total load of the gen-set group in parallel to mains operation in baseload mode (setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM = BASELOAD). NOTE: The power factor (PF) is regulated to constant level given by the setpoint #SysPwrFactor in parallel to mains operation and does not depend on active load control mode.1. that all loaded gen-sets will be loaded at the same level (relative to gen-set nominal power).1.. A negative value means import limit.5 Setpoint: Export kW Group ProcessControl Range [units] -32000 … 32000 [kW] Related SPtM applications Description Defines max limit for export/import in case Export Limit setpoint is set to ENABLED.1. Each loaded gen-set takes equal part (relative to their nominal power) from this requested value.7 Setpoint: #SysBaseLoad Group Process Control Range [units] 0 .1. NOTE: The LOADSHARING mode shall be used in case a MainsCompact controller is present in the system. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 161 .1. SW version 2.6 Setpoint: #SysLdCtrl PtM Group Process Control Range [units] BASELOAD. The load is regulated locally in each controller by Load control regulation loop. 16.

.8 Setpoint: #SysPwrFactor Group Process Control Range [units] 0. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. REVERSE. (SPtM and MINT) FORWARD GCB synchronizing is enabled. (SPtM) 16. The PF is regulated locally in each controller by PF control regulation loop.pdf..0 [-] Related MINT applications Description Required gen-set power factor when the group of gen-sets is running parallel to the mains. Gen-set start is “PeakAutS/S Del” delayed after the consumption of the Load exceeds the PeakLevelStart limit. 1. (SPtM and MINT) REVERSE MCB synchronizing is enabled. FORWARD. NONE No synchronizing is enabled.1.1.10 Setpoint: PeakLevelStart Group Process Control Range [units] PeakLevelStop .7 . 32000 [kW] Related SPtM applications Description Load consumption level the gen-set has to start at. (SPtM) BOTH GCB and MCB synchronizing are enabled.9 Setpoint: Synchro Enable Group ProcessControl Range [units] NONE.1.1.16.. VARsharing is not active. 16. NT InteliCompact .1.1-Reference Guide. NOTE: It is necessary to use IC-NT CT-BIO7 module and measure 1Ph Mains current.1. Function is inactive when PeakAutS/S Del = OFF. BOTH [-] Related All applications Description Enables or disables forward/reverse synchronization (according to SPtM / MINT versions). NOTE: The actual setpoint units and range depend on setting of the Power format (see the LiteEdit manual). ©ComAp – May 2015 162 ..

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.12 Setpoint: PeakAutS/S del Group Process Control Range [units] 0 (OFF) . Gen-set stop is “PeakAutS/S Del” delayed after PeakLevelStop limit is reached. PeakLevelStart [kW] Related SPtM applications Description Load consumption level the gen-set has to stop at.1.. Load consumption is calculated (not directly measured) as a sum of gen-set and mains active power. SW version 2.16. NOTE: The actual setpoint units and range depend on setting of the Power format (see LiteEdit manual).1. 600 [s] Related SPtM applications Description The condition for the “peak” automatic start or stop must be valid for a period longer than the value of this setpoint to execute the automatic start or stop. NT InteliCompact ..1. NOTE: It is necessary to use IC-NT CT-BIO7 module and measure 1Ph Mains current. ©ComAp – May 2015 163 . Adjusting to “0” causes stop of the gen-set (if there is no other demand for running) and disables the automatic peak shaving start.1.. 16.1-Reference Guide.pdf..11 Setpoint: PeakLevelStop Group Process Control Range [units] 0 .

. EACH: .1. SW version 2. NOTE: The setpoint can't be changed from the front panel of the controller. NOTE: Configure BO: Neutral CB C/O and BI: NeutralCB fdb prior to Neutral contactor function is used.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. COMMON [-] Related SPtM applications Description Setpoint changes behaviour of binary output Neutral CB C/O which is used for Neutral contactor control.16.When MCB is opened.When multiple gen-sets are connected to the bus and MCB is opened (island running group) the Neutral contactor is closed on the running gen- set with the lowest Contr.1 Setpoint: ControllerName Group Basic Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description User-defined name.When MCB is closed. . 16. o Neutral contactor opens when Generator voltage is lower than 50% of Nominal voltage.1-Reference Guide. the Neutral contactor opens.13 Setpoint: #Neutral cont Group Process Control Range [units] EACH. . address only. the Neutral contactor connection changes. before stop): o Neutral contactor closes when Generator voltage is higher than 85% of Nominal voltage. NT InteliCompact . used for controller identification at remote connections.1. The name can be max.2 Group: Basic Settings 16. When a lower controller address gen-set is connected to the bus.1. the Neutral contactor opens when all phases of all gen-set voltages are lower than 50% of Nominal voltage.When GCB is opened (after start.pdf.When MCB is opened Neutral contactor closes when at least one Generator voltage from the group (at least one phase) is higher than 86% of Nominal voltage. .2.1.Neutral contactor is opened when gen-sets are running in parallel to the mains. COMMON: . 15 characters long and must be entered using LiteEdit. ©ComAp – May 2015 164 .

2.. 16.pdf..4 Setpoint: CT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 1 .. 10000 [A/5A] Related All applications Description Gen-set current transformers ratio. 32000 [kW] Related All applications Description Nominal power of the gen-set..6 Setpoint: Im/EF CT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 1 . 10000 [A/5A] Related MINT applications Description Defines current transformer ratio for current measuring input of IC-NT CT- BIO7 extension module if used. 10000 [A] Related All applications Description This is the current limit for the generator. NT InteliCompact .3 Setpoint: Nomin Current Group Basic Settings Range [units] 1 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. 16.5 Setpoint: EF CT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 1 . ©ComAp – May 2015 165 .1.2.2.16.. 16..2. Generator short current and generator overcurrent alarms are based on this setpoint.1.1.1-Reference Guide.1. 16. Generator overload protection is based on this setpoint. SW version 2.2 Setpoint: Nominal Power Group Basic Settings Range [units] 1 .2... 10000 [A/5A] Related SPtM applications Description Defines mains current transformer ratio for current measuring input of IC-NT CT-BIO7 extension module if used...

If no PTs are used. adjust the setpoint to 1..8 Setpoint: Nominal Volts Group Basic Settings Range [units] 80 .1 ...1.11 Setpoint: Vb PT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 0.16.pdf..1 . SW version 2. 20000 [V] Related All applications Description Nominal system voltage (phase to neutral) 16. 16.10 Setpoint: Vm PT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 0.7 Setpoint: Im/EF input Group Basic Settings Range [units] Mains. ©ComAp – May 2015 166 .9 Setpoint: PT Ratio Group Basic Settings Range [units] 0.2. 16..2. If no PTs are used. NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. 500 [V/V] Related MINT applications Description Bus voltage potential transformers ratio.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. It is then used for switching between Mains current measurement and Earth Fault Current protection depending on the purpose of IC-NT CT-BIO7 usage.1 . adjust the setpoint to 1.1..1.2. 500 [V/V] Related SPtM applications Description Mains voltage potential transformers ratio.2.2.1.1. 16. EarthFltC [-] Related SPtM applications Description This setpoint is relevant only in case IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is used.. 500 [V/V] Related All applications Description Generator voltage potential transformers ratio. If no PTs are used.. adjust the setpoint to 1.

. ©ComAp – May 2015 167 . NOTE: If no pickup is used.13 Setpoint: Nominal RPM Group Basic Settings Range [units] 100 ..2.12 Setpoint: Nominal Freq Group Basic Settings Range [units] 45 . Use the mode selector on the main screen for changing the mode from the front panel. 500 [-] Related All applications Description Number of teeth on the engine flywheel where the pick-up is installed.16. AUT. 4000 [RPM] Related All applications Description Nominal engine speed. 65 [Hz] Related All applications Description Nominal system frequency (usually 50 or 60Hz). MAN.1.2. SW version 2.2.1.. via Modbus. Use mode selector in the control window for changing the mode from LiteEdit.1. e. Set to zero if no pick-up is used and the Engine speed will be counted from the generator frequency. the D+ or W terminal should be used to prevent possible overcranking.1-Reference Guide.g. 16. NT InteliCompact .. which can occur if at least 25% of nominal generator voltage is not present immediately after exceeding firing speed. 16. (TEST) [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used for changing the operating mode remotely.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.15 Setpoint: ControllerMode Group Basic Settings Range [units] OFF..2.14 Setpoint: Gear Teeth Group Basic Settings Range [units] 0 (OFF) . 16.1..pdf.

16.1.2.16 Setpoint: Reset To MAN
Group Basic Settings
Range [units] DISABLED, ENABLED [-]
Related All
applications
Description If this function is enabled, the controller will switch automatically to MAN
mode when there is a red alarm in the alarm list and fault reset is pressed.
This is a safety function that prevents the gen-set starting again automatically
if the gen-set is stopped due to a red alarm, the alarm is no longer active and
fault reset is pressed.

16.1.2.17 Setpoint: Backlight time
Group Basic Settings
Range [units] 0 – 240 [min]
Related MINT
applications
Description Function will switch off the screen backlight after preset number of minutes.
Pressing any button on the controller or automatic start of the gen-set (e.g.
due to power management) will switch the backlight back on.
Default value is 15 minutes. It is possible to switch the function off by setting
0 (backlight will be on all the time).

16.1.3 Group: Comms Settings

16.1.3.1 Setpoint: ControllerAddr
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] 1 ... 32(8) [-]
Related All
applications
Description Unique identification number of a controller within a group of controllers
which are connected together via CAN2 bus (MINT, MC) or RS485 bus
(SPtM).
NOTE:
Adjust the controller address to 1 if you have SPtM application and no other
controllers are connected to the RS485 bus.

NOTE:
Do not use the same address for multiple controllers in the same group!

NOTE:
Use the proper address when connecting to the controller from LiteEdit.

NOTE:
Changing the address remotely (e.g. from LiteEdit) will cause connection
loss!

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 168

16.1.3.2 Setpoint: COM1 Mode
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] DIRECT, MODEM, MODBUS, ECU LINK [-]
Related All
applications
Description Communication protocol switch for the COM1 channel.

 DIRECT: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via direct cable.
 MODEM: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via modem.
 MODBUS: Modbus protocol. Find a detailed description in a separate
chapter.
 ECU LINK: Protocol for communication with EFI engines via Modbus.

16.1.3.3 Setpoint: COM2 Mode
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] DIRECT, MODBUS, ECU LINK [-]
Related All
applications
Description Communication protocol switch for the COM2 channel.

 DIRECT: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via direct cable.
 MODBUS: Modbus protocol. Find a detailed description in a separate
chapter.
 ECU LINK: Protocol for communication with EFI engines via Modbus.

16.1.3.4 Setpoint: ModemIniString
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description If your modem needs additional initialization AT commands (i.e. because of
national telephony network differences), they can be entered here. Otherwise
leave this setpoint blank.

16.1.3.5 Setpoint: ModbusComSpeed
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 [bps]
Related All
applications
Description If the Modbus mode is selected on COM1 or COM2 channels, the Modbus
communication speed can be adjusted here.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 169

16.1.3.6 Setpoint: CAN Bus Mode
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] 32C, 8C [-]
Related MINT
applications
Description CAN bus speed selection.

 32C: High speed CAN (250 kbps) applicable for up to 32 controllers,
CAN bus length limited to 200 meters.
 8C: Low speed CAN (50 kbps) applicable for up to 8 controllers, CAN
bus length limited to 900 meters.
NOTE:
Use low speed for a long-distance connection only. Set all connected
controllers to the same speed.

16.1.3.7 Setpoint: IBLite IP Addr
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the
Ethernet interface of the controller. Ask your IT specialist for help with this
setting.

If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the IP address, which
has been assigned by the DHCP server.

16.1.3.8 Setpoint: IBLite NetMask
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the
Ethernet interface of the controller. Ask your IT specialist for help with this
setting.
If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the IP address, which
has been assigned by the DHCP server.

16.1.3.9 Setpoint: IBLite GateIP
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the
gateway of the network segment where the controller is connected.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 170

If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the gateway IP address
which has been assigned by the DHCP server.
A gateway is a device which connects the respective segment with the other
segments and/or Internet.

16.1.3.10 Setpoint: IBLite DHCP
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] ENABLED, DISABLED [-]
Related All
applications
Description The setpoint is used to select the method how the Ethernet connection is
adjusted.

DISABLED:
The Ethernet connection is fixed by means of the setpoints IP Addr, NetMask,
GateIP, DNS IP Address.
This method should be used for a classic Ethernet or internet connection.
When this type of connection opens, the controller is specified by its IP
address. This means that it would be inconvenient if the IP address were not
fixed (static).

ENABLED:
The Ethernet connection setting is obtained automatically from the DHCP
server. The obtained settings are then copied to the related setpoints. If the
process of obtaining the settings from the DHCP server is not successful, the
value 000.000.000.000 is copied to the setpoint IP address and the module
continues to try to obtain the settings.

16.1.3.11 Setpoint: ComAp Port
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] 0 ... 65535 [-]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint is used to adjust the port number, which is used for Ethernet
connection to a PC with any of ComAp PC program (i.e. LiteEdit,
InteliMonitor). This setpoint should be adjusted to 23, which is the default port
used by all ComAp PC programs. A different value should be used only in
special situations such as sharing a single public IP address among many
controllers or to overcome firewall restrictions.

16.1.3.12 Setpoint: APN Name
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description Name of APN access point for GPRS network provided by GSM/GPRS
operator.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 171

16.1.3.13 Setpoint: APN UserName
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description User name for APN access point provided by GSM/GPRS operator.

16.1.3.14 Setpoint: APN UserPass
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description User password for APN access point provided by GSM/GPRS operator.

16.1.3.15 Setpoint: AirGate
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] DISABLED / ENABLED [-]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint selects the Ethernet connection mode.

DISABLED:
This is a standard mode in which the controller listens to the incoming traffic
and answers the TCP/IP queries addressed to it. This mode requires the
controller to be accessible from the remote device (PC), i.e. it must be
accessible at a public and static IP address if you want to connect to it from
the internet.

ENABLED:
This mode uses the “AirGate” service, which hides all issues with static/public
address in a black box and you do not need to do anything about it. You need
only a connection to the Internet. The AirGate server address is adjusted by
the setpoint AirGate IP.

16.1.3.16 Setpoint: AirGate IP
Group Comms Settings
Range [units] [-]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint is used for entering the domain name or IP address of the
AirGate server. Use the free AirGate server provided by ComAp at
airgate.comap.cz if your company does not operate its own AirGate server.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 172

39. smtp. 74.3. e. smtp.pdf.1. If you do not want to send active e-mails. 16. This address will be used as the sender address in active e-mails that will be sent from the controller.com. SW version 2.19 Setpoint: SMTP Server IP Group Comms Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint is used for entering the domain name (e.20 Setpoint: Contr MailBox Group Comms Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description Enter an existing e-mail address in this setpoint.109) of the SMTP server.g.1.gmail.3. Ask your internet provider or IT manager for this information. you may leave this setpoint blank.g.125.1-Reference Guide.18 Setpoint: SMTP UserPass Group Comms Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description Use this setpoint to enter the password for the SMTP server.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NT InteliCompact .g.yourprovider. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 173 .1.3.17 Setpoint: SMTP UserName Group Comms Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description Use this setpoint to enter the username for the SMTP server.com) or IP address (e.1. note that some free SMTP servers may cause delays (up to several hours) when sending e-mails. as well as other setpoints related to SMTP server and e-mail settings.3. Proper setting of SMTP-related setpoints as well as the controller mailbox are essential for sending alerts via e-mails 16. HINT: You may also use one of the free SMTP servers. However.16.

3.1.1. Refer to your computer time zone settings (click on the time indicator located in the rightmost position of the Windows task bar) if you are not sure about your time zone.pdf.1 Setpoint: Starting RPM Group Engine Params Range [units] 5 .4 Group: Engine Params 16.21 Setpoint: Time Zone Group Comms Settings Range [units] GMT -12:00 … GMT +13:00 [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint is used to select the time zone where the controller is located. HINT: If the time zone is not selected properly the active e-mails may contain incorrect information about the time they were sent.4. SW version 2. If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the DNS server assigned by the DHCP server.. More information is available in the Engine start chapter.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. NT InteliCompact . which is needed to translate domain names in e-mail addresses and server names into correct IP addresses. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 174 .22 Setpoint: DNS IP Address Group Comms Settings Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the domain name server (DNS).1. If this level is exceeded the engine is considered as started. which may result in confusion about when the respective problem actually occurred..16. 16.1-Reference Guide.3. 50 [%] Related All applications Description This setpoint defines the “firing” speed level as percent value of the nominal speed.

16.1.4.2 Setpoint: Start W Freq
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 … 2000 [Hz]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint defines starter cutoff frequency, if the engine speed is
measured from the generator frequency and the “W” terminal from the
charging alternator is connected to the pickup input. More information is
available in the Speed measurement chapter.
NOTE:
This setpoint is active only if the setpoint Gear Teeth is adjusted to zero.

16.1.4.3 Setpoint: Starting Oil P
Group Engine Params
Range [units] Configuration dependent [Configuration dependent]
Related All
applications
Description The controller will stop cranking (starter goes OFF) if the oil pressure rises
above this limit. See the description of the start procedure in a separate
chapter.
NOTE:
If an EFI engine is used, the oil pressure is read from its ECU. In the case of
a traditional engine, the analog input 1 is configured as fixed for oil pressure
measurement.

16.1.4.4 Setpoint: Prestart Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 ... 600 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Duration of the closing of the Prestart output prior to the starter motor being
energized. Set it to zero to disable this function.

16.1.4.5 Setpoint: MaxCrank Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 1 ... 255 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Maximum duration the starter motor is energized.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 175

16.1.4.6 Setpoint: CrnkFail Pause
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 5 ... 60 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Pause between crank attempts.

16.1.4.7 Setpoint: Crank Attempts
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 1 ... 10 [-]
Related All
applications
Description Max. number of crank attempts.
NOTE:
If the last attempt is not successful, the alarm Start fail is issued.

16.1.4.8 Setpoint: Idle Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 ... 600 [s]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint determines the duration of the Idle period which begins after the
engine is started. The output Idle/Nominal remains inactive during the idle
period. This output can be used for switching the governor between idle and
nominal speed.

16.1.4.9 Setpoint: Min Stab Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 1 ... Max Stab Time [s]
Related All
applications
Description When the gen-set has been started and the idle timer has elapsed, the
controller will wait for a period adjusted by this setpoint before closing GCB or
starting synchronizing, even if the generator voltage and frequency are
already in limits.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 176

16.1.4.10 Setpoint: Max Stab Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] Min Stab Time … 300 [s]
Related All
applications
Description When the gen-set has been started and the idle timer has elapsed, the
generator voltage and frequency must get within limits within this period of
time, otherwise an appropriate red alarm (generator voltage and/or
frequency) is issued.

16.1.4.11 Setpoint: Cooling Speed
Group Engine Params
Range [units] IDLE, NOMINAL
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint selects whether the cooling phase is performed at idle or
nominal speed.

16.1.4.12 Setpoint: Cooling Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 ... 3600 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Duration of the gen-set is running unloaded to cool the engine down before
stop.

16.1.4.13 Setpoint: Stop Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 ... 240 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Under normal conditions the engine must certainly stop within this period
after the fuel solenoid has been de-energized and the stop solenoid
energized. The stop solenoid remains energized for the entire stop time
period.
NOTE:
See the chapter Cool down and stop for details about the stop procedure.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 177

16.1.4.14 Setpoint: SDVentil Time
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 ... 60 [s]
Related All
applications
Description In case Fuel Solenoid is set to GAS, the SDVentilTime adjusts the time of the
starter to be switched on for engine pre-ventilation in the case of a first start
attempt after shutdown or controller switch-on.

16.1.4.15 Setpoint: Fuel Solenoid
Group Engine Params
Range [units] DIESEL, GAS [-]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint selects the type of start-up sequence according to engine fuel
type. See details in chapter Engine start.

16.1.4.16 Setpoint: D+ Function
Group Engine Params
Range [units] ENABLED, CHRGFAIL, DISABLED [-]
Related All
applications
Description ENABLED: The D+ terminal is used for both functions – “running engine”
detection and charge fail alarm detection.
CHRGFAIL: The D+ terminal is used for charge fail alarm detection only
DISABLED: The D+ terminal is not used.
NOTE:
The magnetization current is provided independent of this setpoint value.

16.1.4.17 Setpoint: ECU FreqSelect
Group Engine Params
Range [units] PRIMARY, SECONDARY, DEFAULT [-]
Related All
applications
Description This setpoint is used for choosing a frequency of ECU. PRIMARY is for
frequency which is set up in basic settings. SECONDARY is for frequency
which is set up in alternative settings. DEFAULT is for frequency which is set
up by producter of ECU.
VOLVO EMSII (GE engines)
The nominal speed is selected via the VP Status proprietary frame,
parameter “Frequency select”.
SCANIA EMS/S6
The nominal speed is selected via parameters “Nominal speed switch 1” and
“Nominal speed switch 2” in the DLN1 proprietary frame.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 178

16.1.4.18 Setpoint: MaxFuelDrop
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 (OFF) … 50 [%/h]
Related All
applications
Description Setpoint indicates the maximum allowable drop of fuel in fuel tank per running
hour. When the engine is not running, the maximum allowed fuel drop-off is
preset to 5% of the total tank volume per hour.
In case of detection of theft or leak, the alarm Wrn FuelTheft is raised and the
same alarm is sent via SMS and displayed by WebSupervisor (if used).
NOTE:
Set 0 to disable Fuel Theft Protection function.

16.1.4.19 Setpoint: FuelTankVolume
Group Engine Params
Range [units] 0 … 10000 [L]
Related All
applications
Description Define a capacity of gen-set fuel tank.

16.1.5 Group: Engine Protect

16.1.5.1 Setpoint: Horn Timeout
Group Engine Protect
Range [units] 0 ... 600 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Maximum time the Horn output is active. The horn always activates whenever
a new alarm occurs and can be silenced earlier by pressing the HORN
RESET button. Acknowledging alarms by pressing FAULT RESET will
silence the horn as well.
If a new alarm appears, the timeout starts to count down again from the
beginning even if the previous countdown has still not elapsed. Adjust this
setpoint to zero if you want to disable the horn completely.

16.1.5.2 Setpoint: ProtectHoldOff
Group Engine Protect
Range [units] 0 ... 300 [s]
Related All
applications
Description Use this setpoint to adjust the delay starting evaluation of engine running only
alarms. The delay starts to count down in the moment of transition from
starting phase to the idle phase.

NT
InteliCompact , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 179

16.5. 16. 600 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for low battery voltage alarm.5.5.1..1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 36 [V] Related All applications Description Warning threshold for high battery voltage alarm. 16.5.pdf.5.7 Setpoint: AI1 Yel Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 1.1. Relative to the nominal speed.. 16. Batt Overvolt [V] Related All applications Description Warning threshold for low battery voltage alarm.1-Reference Guide.. 16.1.4 Setpoint: Batt Overvolt Group Engine Protect Range [units] Batt Undervolt . SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 180 ..3 Setpoint: Overspeed Sd Group Engine Protect Range [units] 100 … 150 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for overspeed protection.1.6 Setpoint: Batt Volt Del Group Engine Protect Range [units] 0 .. NT InteliCompact .1..5 Setpoint: Batt Undervolt Group Engine Protect Range [units] 8 .

5.8 Setpoint: AI1 Red Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 1.1. 16.9 Setpoint: AI1 Del Group Engine Protect Range [units] 0 .1.11 Setpoint: AI2 Red Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 2.5.1-Reference Guide.pdf.1.5.1. 16..5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 2.12 Setpoint: AI2 Del Group Engine Protect Range [units] 0 . 16.16. 16.1. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 1..5..10 Setpoint: AI2 Yel Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 2.. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 181 .

SW version 2.1.14 Setpoint: AI3 Red Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 3.1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 182 .pdf.16.13 Setpoint: AI3 Yel Group Engine Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 3.15 Setpoint: AI3 Del Group Engine Protect Range [units] 0 . This timer is also available in the value group Statistics. 16. 10000 (OFF) [h] Related All applications Description Adjust this setpoint to the requested next maintenance interval. but it cannot be modified there. 16. In the event that WrnMaintenance is set to 10000 h the timer is disabled and not visible on the controller display. The value will count down when engine is running and if reaches zero. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 3.5.16 Setpoint: WrnMaintenance Group Engine Protect Range [units] 0 .5..1.1. 16..5.5... the alarm Maintenance timer will appear.1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .

©ComAp – May 2015 183 .6 Group: Gener Protect 16.1-Reference Guide.6.1. 600 [s] Related All applications Description IDMT curve shape selection.1 Setpoint: Overload BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 100 .0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for the generator overload alarm. Values in column 200% are IDMT Curr Del. The delay of this alarm is adjustable by the setpoint Overload Del. Overcurrent 200% = ≤ 100% 101% 110% IDMT Curr Del 0. The limit for this alarm is adjustable by the setpoint Overload BOC. Example Example of Reaction time for different over current levels.6.pdf. Igen is maximal value of all measured phases of generator current.. Amps IDMT Del is Reaction time of IDMT protection for 200% overcurrent 𝐼gen = 2 ∙ 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 IDMT is “very inverse” generator over current protection..16. IDMT protection is not active for Reaction time values longer than 60 minutes.1.1. 16.. 16.6.1. 600..3 Setpoint: Amps IDMT Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 1 .. Reaction time is not constant but depends on generator over current level according to the following formula: 𝐴𝑚𝑝𝑠 𝐼𝐷𝑀𝑇 𝐷𝑒𝑙 ∙ 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 Reaction time = 𝐼gen − 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 HINT: Reaction time is limited to 3600 = 60 minutes.2 Setpoint: Overload Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 ..2s No action 20s 2s Reaction time 2s No action 200s 20s 20s No action No action 200s (time > 3600s) NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. 200 [%] Related All applications Description Limit for the generator overload alarm in % of the nominal power.

5 Setpoint: Short Crct Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 . 10. NT InteliCompact .1. Maximal Reaction time Reaction time Amps IDMT Del Igen Nominal Current Short Crct Sd 16. The delay of this alarm is adjustable by the setpoint Short Crct Del.00 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for the generator short circuit alarm..1 InteliCompact-NT-2.6. SW version 2.1. The limit for this alarm is adjustable by the setpoint Short Crct BOC.6... 200 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator current unbalance alarm.. relative to the nominal current (setpoint Nomin Current). 16.pdf. 500 [%] Related All applications Description Limit for the generator short circuit alarm... ©ComAp – May 2015 184 .1. 16.1-Reference Guide.6 Setpoint: Amps Unbal BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 1 .6.4 Setpoint: Short Crct BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 100 .

©ComAp – May 2015 185 .6. relative to the nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts)..0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for Earth Fault Current protection.pdf. 10000 [A] Related All applications Description Limit value for Earth Fault Current protection. 16. 16..6.9 Setpoint: EarthFault Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0.6.1.1. NT InteliCompact .6.1.. SW version 2. Gen >V Sd [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator undervoltage alarm. 600..1.11 Setpoint: Gen <V BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 .6.10 Setpoint: Gen >V Sd Group Gener Protect Range [units] Gen <V BOC … 200 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator overvoltage alarm..1 InteliCompact-NT-2..8 Setpoint: EarthFault Sd Group Gener Protect Range [units] 1 .1-Reference Guide.1. relative to the nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts).0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for generator current unbalance alarm.7 Setpoint: Amps Unbal Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 . 16.. 600..16.1 . 16.

0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for generator undervoltage and overvoltage alarm. ©ComAp – May 2015 186 .. 600.14 Setpoint: Volt Unbal Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 . 16. relative to the nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq)...6.....6.1.0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for generator voltage unbalance alarm.12 Setpoint: Gen V Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 .1.6.1-Reference Guide. 16.16 Setpoint: Gen <Freq BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 50 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.13 Setpoint: Volt Unbal BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 1 . relative to the nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq).pdf..6.15 Setpoint: Gen >Freq BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] Gen <Freq BOC .1. NT InteliCompact . 600. relative to the nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts). 16. 200 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator overfrequency alarm.6. 200 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator voltage unbalance alarm. Gen >Freq BOC [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator underfrequency alarm.1. 16.16.1...

1. 16....6. 600.1. 150 [%] Related All applications Description Loss of excitation is based on measurement of negative kVAr and it is BOC- type protection. relative to the Nominal power. SW version 2.16.21 Setpoint: ExcitationLoss Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 ..pdf...1 InteliCompact-NT-2. c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed. However. 50 [%] Related All applications Description Threshold for generator reverse power alarm. the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons.20 Setpoint: Reverse Pwr Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 .18 Setpoint: BusMeasError Group Gener Protect Range [units] DISABLED. The alarm is activated after 20s.. 600.6.6. 16.0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for generator reverse power alarm. ©ComAp – May 2015 187 . ENABLED [s] Related MINT applications Description If the protection is ENABLED the Bus Measure error is detected in MINT application when the voltage on controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 seconds after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode. 16.6.. 16.1. b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode.1-Reference Guide.1.0 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for generator underfrequency and overfrequency alarm.17 Setpoint: Gen Freq Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 . Value is calculated from the Nominal Power.6.19 Setpoint: Reverse Pwr BOC Group Gener Protect Range [units] 1 . For example for NT InteliCompact .1.

22 Setpoint: ExctLoss Del Group Gener Protect Range [units] 0 .6. Setting for example 360s (6minutes) and activating Sys Start/Stop will force all gen-sets to start and run for 6 minutes despite of the power management setting.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.2 Setpoint: Pwr Manag Del Group Power Management Range [units] 0 … 3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description Setpoint defines delay of the Power management. Default value is 30%.1. when you need to start gen-sets to an unknown load. all the engines (where Power Management is enabled) are started and stay running for time period specified by this parameter. REL(%) .e. ENABLED [-] Related MINT applications Description The setpoint enables and disables the gen-set to be active within the power management of the group. SW version 2.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 188 . 16. If the power management is disabled the gen- set’s nominal power is not part of the power management calculation. 16.7 Group: Pwr Management 16. 200 kW gen-set 50% will represent -100 kVAr. only the gen-set(s) needed according to the Power Management calculation (i.pdf.1-Reference Guide.1 Setpoint: Pwr Management Group Pwr Management Range [units] DISABLED.7. [-] Related MINT NT InteliCompact .1. however gen-set itself will start/stop onSys Start/Stop signal. SystReserve OK = 1) stay running and the rest is stopped..7. When Sys Start/Stop signal is activated and the gen-sets should start.. Pwr management Del is useful. 16.. 16. After this period elapses. By setting “0” the Power Management function is enabled immediately..7.3 Setpoint: #PowerMgmtMode Group Power Management Range [units] ABS(kW). 600 [s] Related All applications Description Delay for evaluation of Loss of excitation. Default value is 2 s.1. It performs automatic load dependent starts and stops or load demand swap.

NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.applications Description Use this setpoint to select whether the power management has to be based on absolute reserve (in kW) or relative (in %).pdf. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 189 .1-Reference Guide.

EFFICENT This method changes the priorities (not the setpoints itself) to optimize which gen-sets are running according to their capacities and actual load demand. NOTE: If more than one gen-set have the same priority they will act as “one big” gen- set. Priorities are given directly by the values adjusted in the setpoint Priority.1. Optimal power band (number of running gen-sets) is calculated based on the nominal power of each gen-set. i. CAUTION: Value of the setpoint Priority is taken into account only for Load Demand Start/Stop power management. the gen-set gets the highest priority (0) independent of the setpoint setting. Note that this priority swapping function may be used only if #Pwr mgmt mode is set to ABS (kW). their Run Hours and requested Load reserve. a gen-set with lower number will start before another one with higher number. 16. NOTE: Binary input Top Priority can be used only if #PriorAutoSwap = DISABLED NT InteliCompact . 32 [-] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the priority of the gen-set within the group. For gen-sets with the same nominal power also run hour equalization is being performed. A lower number represents a “higher” priority.16.1.4 Setpoint: Priority Group Pwr Management Range [units] 1 .7. EFFICENT Related MINT applications Description This setpoint selects the method of optimization of priorities: DISABLED Optimization is disabled. If the binary input Top Priority is active...pdf.7. ©ComAp – May 2015 190 . SW version 2. RUN HOURS.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.5 Setpoint: #PriorAutoSwap Group Pwr management Range [units] DISABLED. RUN HOURS The priority setpoints are automatically updated (swapped) to equalize running hours of the gen-sets or to keep constant difference of running hours by the controller.e.

©ComAp – May 2015 191 . 600 [s] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the delay of the system activation after the binary input Sys Start/Stop has been activated. 16...8 Setpoint: #LoadResStrt 1 Group Power Management Range [units] -32000 . similar to the setpoint EmergStart Del in SPtM. LoadResStop 1 [#PowerMgmtMode dependent] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the reserve for start if the set 1 of reserves is selected. This delay is typically used as “Mains return delay”. See MINT basic schemes. NT InteliCompact ..7.1.7. 16. on multiple AMF applications without MainsCompact. i..1-Reference Guide.7.1. NOTE: Since version IC-NT 2. This delay is typically used as “AMF start delay”.pdf. See MINT basic schemes. binary input Load Reserve 2 is not active.6 Setpoint: #SysAMFStrtDel Group Power Management Range [units] 0 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.7 Setpoint: #SysAMFStopDel Group Power Management Range [units] 0 . 16.e. NOTE: There is additional 200 ms time gap after SysAMFstrtDel in order to allow the controllers to calculate which gen-set has to start.1.. SW version 2. See the power management description to learn more about reserves. similar to the setpoint MainsReturnDel in SPtM. 600 [s] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the delay of the system deactivation after the binary input Sys Start/Stop has been deactivated.0 setting #RunHrsMaxDiff = 0 or 65000 no longer switch off the function of run hours equalization.. on multiple AMF applications without MainsCompact.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.16. 16.1. binary input Load Reserve 2 is active..1-Reference Guide. Note..11 Setpoint: #LoadResStop 2 Group Power Management Range [units] LoadResStrt 2 . 16.7.7..pdf. 3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the delay for starting the next gen-set after the reserve has dropped below the reserve for start. SW version 2. 32000 [#PowerMgmtMode dependent] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the reserve for stop if the set 1 of reserves is selected.7.e..9 Setpoint: #LoadResStop 1 Group Power Management Range [units] LoadResStrt 1 ... 16.12 Setpoint: #MinRun Power Group Power Management Range [units] 0 .7.1.. that LBI’s Min Run Power needs to be activated on all gen-sets in the same time. See the power management description to learn more about reserves. i.e. See the power management description to learn more about reserves..10 Setpoint: #LoadResStrt 2 Group Power Management Range [units] -32000 .13 Setpoint: #NextStrt Del Group Power Management Range [units] 0 . i. binary input Load Reserve 2 is not active.. i. ©ComAp – May 2015 192 . LoadResStop 2 [#PowerMgmtMode dependent] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the reserve for start if the set 2 of reserves is selected. 16. binary input Load Reserve 2 is active. the gen-sets needed for equalizing the actual MinRunPower requirement are started (or kept running even if stop reserve is fulfilled). 32000 [#PowerMgmtMode dependent] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the reserve for stop if the set 2 of reserves is selected.. NT InteliCompact . 65000 [kW] Related MINT applications Description In case of activation LBI MinRunPower -> based on the nominal power.7. See the power management description to learn more about reserves.e.1.1.1.

16. NOTE: Adjust this setpoint as short as possible to avoid system shutdown due to overload caused by too fast load rising. but will remain loaded until the next gen-set starts and connects to the bus. the affected gen-set will notify the other gen- sets that it is no longer available. NT InteliCompact . 600 [s] Related MINT applications Description If a slow stop red alarm occurs.pdf..1-Reference Guide. After this period it will perform a slow stop regardless of other gen-sets. SW version 2.. 16.14 Setpoint: #OverldNextDel Group Power Management Range [units] 0 ..e. 16. the system is overloaded.15 Setpoint: #NextStopDel Group Power Management Range [units] 0 .7.1. 200000 [h] Related MINT applications Description Running hours base corrects actual Running hours differences between particular gen-sets..1... i.17 Setpoint: RunHoursBase Group Power Management Range [units] 0 . Gen-set 2 actual Running hours = 2000 h.. 16.7..16 Setpoint: #SlowStopDel Group Power Management Range [units] 0 .1. ©ComAp – May 2015 193 . This setpoint adjusts the maximum time the affected gen-set will wait for another one to start. Adjust RunHourBase for Gen-set 1 = 1000 h and RunHourBase for Gen-set 2 = 2000 h to be on the same base for Running Hours Equalization.7. Example: Gen-set 1 actual Running hours = 1000 h.7. 3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the delay for stopping the gen-set after the reserve has risen above the reserve for stop. 3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description This setpoint adjusts the delay for starting the next gen-set after the reserve has dropped below zero.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.

18 Setpoint: #RunHrsMaxDiff Group Power Management Range [units] 0 … 65000 [h] Related MINT applications Description Maximum allowed Running hours difference between gen-sets. its Priority is automatically swapped with the lowest priority gen-set that takes part in Running Hours Equalization. only for fw version less than 2. NT InteliCompact .7.3.0+ 16.3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description Power Band Change Delay Up .7.19 Setpoint: #PwrBnChngDIUp Group Pwr Management Range [units] 0 .20 Setpoint: #PwrBnChngDIDn Group Pwr Management Range [units] 0 . CAUTION: To disable “Running Hours Equalization” function (setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff): setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff = 65000 => for version IC-NT 1.1 setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff 0 => for version IC-NT 1.1-Reference Guide.4 setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff 0 or 65000 => for version IC-NT 1.1.this setpoint is used for adjusting the delay of changing the power band if the load demand rose above the upper limit of the current power band.3600 [s] Related MINT applications Description Power Band Change Delay Down .4.1.0 (these values DISABLE Running Hours Equalization function) When running gen-set reaches #RunHrsMaxDiff value.16.this setpoint is used for adjusting the delay of changing the power band if the load demand drops below the lower limit of the current power band. SW version 2. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Setpoint is taken into account only if #PriorAutoSwap = EFFICENT.7.pdf. Running Hours Equalization function is only active when:  PwrManagement = ENABLED  BI Sys Start/Stop = ACTIVE  #PriorAutoSwap = RUN HOURS  #RunHrsMaxDiff is not set to 0 or 65000.3 and 1.1+ setpoint #PriorAutoSwap ≠ RUN HOURS => for version IC-NT 2. Setpoint is taken into account only if #PriorAutoSwap = EFFICENT. ©ComAp – May 2015 194 .1.

8 Group: AMF Settings 16.0 [s] Related SPtM applications Description Delay for detection of mains failure due to over/undervoltage.1-Reference Guide.1..8.4 Setpoint: Mains <V Group AMF Settings Range [units] 50 . See more in the AMF operation chapter..1. ©ComAp – May 2015 195 .8. The setpoint is adjusted relative to the generator nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts).1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NT InteliCompact .1.8.1.1. Mains >V [%] Related SPtM applications Description Threshold for detection of mains failure due to undervoltage. See more in the AMF operation chapter. The setpoint is adjusted relative to the generator nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts)...g.8.5 Setpoint: Mains V Del Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0 .16..3 Setpoint: Mains >V Group AMF Settings Range [units] Mains <V .pdf.1 Setpoint: EmergStart Del Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0 .1.. 150 [%] Related SPtM applications Description Threshold for detection of mains failure due to overvoltage. If the mains are continuously healthy for this period after they have returned.2 Setpoint: MainsReturnDel Group AMF Settings Range [units] 1 … 3600 [s] Related SPtM applications Description This is a “mains stabilization” time. 16.. 600 [s] Related SPtM applications Description Delay between the mains failure and the automatic start of the gen-set to an AMF operation. 16. the controller will finish the AMF operation (e. 16.. 600. by reverse synchronization or a switchover). 16.8. SW version 2.

A mains failure is detected immediately when the vector surge has occurred without any delay.8. 150 [%] Related SPtM applications Description Threshold for detection of mains failure due to overfrequency.1. NT InteliCompact .8.. The setpoint is adjusted relative to the generator nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq). 16. 16... SW version 2. Mains >Freq [%] Related SPtM applications Description Threshold for detection of mains failure due to underfrequency.8 Setpoint: Mains Freq Del Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0 .. 16.1. 600 [s] Related SPtM applications Description When a switchover of the MCB and GCB is performed (in both directions).8.7 Setpoint: Mains <Freq Group AMF Settings Range [units] 50 .8.1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.6 Setpoint: Mains >Freq Group AMF Settings Range [units] Mains <Freq ..1. 45 [°] Related SPtM applications Description Threshold for detection of mains failure due to Vector shift. The setpoint is adjusted relative to the generator nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq).9 Setpoint: VectorShiftLim Group AMF Settings Range [units] 1 . ©ComAp – May 2015 196 . 600..0 [s] Related SPtM applications Description Delay for detection of mains failure due to over/underfrequency.1.pdf...8. this setpoint defines the period between one breaker being opened and the other closed.1-Reference Guide.10 Setpoint: Transfer Del Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0 ..16. 16..

GCB has not started and not closed yet.8.g..8. 16.1-Reference Guide.1. NOTE: If the gen-set is already supplying the load. GENRUN [-] Related SPtM applications Description Adjusting of the condition when MCB opens after Mains fail: MAINSFAIL: Controller opens the MCB when Mains fail is detected (24V DC controlled circuit breaker or contactor expected). ©ComAp – May 2015 197 . AUTO: No automatic mode change is performed.8.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. i.pdf. and the mains becomes healthy again. SW version 2. the setpoint MainsReturnDel will be active instead of this setpoint. 16.16.11 Setpoint: MCB Close Del Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0 .1.e. 60 [s] Related SPtM applications Description If the gen-set is still not in AMF operation e. AUTO [-] Related SPtM applications Description MANUAL: When RetFromIsland = MANUAL and there is a Mains Fail. GENRUN: Controller opens the MCB only after the gen-set has been started.1. NOTE: Select RetFromIsland = MANUAL in case you need to manually control the moment when the load is transferred back to the mains. the generator voltage is present to open the MCB (230V AC controlled breaker expected). gen- sets are started and after Mains Return operator can manually transfer the load back to Mains even if the controller stays in AUT mode. NT InteliCompact .12 Setpoint: MCB Opens On Group AMF Settings Range [units] MAINSFAIL.13 Setpoint: RetFromIsland Group AMF Settings Range [units] MANUAL.. the MCB is reclosed after the mains are continuously healthy for this time period.

©ComAp – May 2015 198 .0 [s] Related SPtM applications Description This setpoint adjusts maximal time period the both GCB and MCB are closed together during the interrupt-free transfer of the load from the mains to the gen-set and vice versa..8.1. See Manual return from test description.. ENABLED: The controller will transfer the load back to the healthy mains and remain running unloaded.8.16.14 Setpoint: BreakerOverlap Group AMF Settings Range [units] 0.16 Setpoint: MCB Logic Group AMF Settings Range [units] CLOSE-ON. 300. 16. CLOSE-OFF: Binary output MCB close/open is activated.1. SW version 2. when the MCB is requested to be closed (normal.15 Setpoint: ReturnFromTEST Group AMF Settings Range [units] DISABLED. See Automatic return from test description. ENABLED [-] Related SPtM applications Description Adjusting of the behaviour of the controller if the gen-set is supplying the load in TEST mode (after mains have failed) and the mains are recovered: DISABLED: The gen-set will remain running and supplying the load until operating mode is changed. 16. negative logic).0 . NT InteliCompact .1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Using positive logic could cause the mains to be disconnected accidentally when the controller is switched off or a wire is broken.1-Reference Guide. positive logic). when the MCB is requested to be open (inverted. CLOSE-OFF [-] Related SPtM applications Description The setpoint selects behaviour of the MCB Close/Open output: CLOSE-ON: Binary output MCB close/open is activated.8. CAUTION! For safety reasons it is recommended to use negative logic (CLOSE-OFF).pdf.

See the chapter Governor interface for details about the recommended settings for various governor types.9. NT InteliCompact . which is present on the output.1-Reference Guide. start the gen- set in MAN mode. NEGATIVE: raising the voltage on the governor remote speed input causes engine speed to go down.1. 16.1.9. Adjust it according to the behaviour of the remote speed input of the governor: POSITIVE: raising the voltage on the governor remote speed input causes engine speed to rise. NEGATIVE [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint selects the characteristic of the speed governor output of the controller. if no speed or power regulation loop is active. Use this setpoint to adjust the governor output range according to your governor type.1. To make a fine adjustment.. leave it running unloaded and then make fine adjustment of this setpoint to achieve nominal engine speed.2 Setpoint: Speed Gov Bias Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] SpeedGovLowLim . SW version 2.4 Setpoint: SpeedGovHiLim Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] SpeedGovLowLim … 10.00 [V] Related All applications Description Upper limit of the speed governor output. 16.1.9 Group: Sync/Load Ctrl 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 199 .16. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1 Setpoint: Speed Gov Char Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] POSITIVE. SpeedGovHiLim [V] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the initial voltage level for the speed governor output.9.9. Use this setpoint to adjust the governor output range according to your governor type.3 Setpoint: SpeedGovLowLim Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 … SpeedGovHiLim [V] Related All applications Description Lower limit of the speed governor output..1.pdf.

. 16. 16. NOTE: To disable issuing the breaker close command (i.1.e.5 Setpoint: TauSpeedActuat Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 1 . SW version 2. Allowed range of phase angle X = PhaseWindow difference 0 -X X NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. 90 [°] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the maximum absolute value of difference between actual phase angle between the generator and mains/bus voltages for synchronizing.9.16. ©ComAp – May 2015 200 . for test purpose) adjust this setpoint to 0. Setting of this parameter affects the length of the pulses on these binary outputs..1.0 [%] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts maximum difference between generator and mains/bus voltage in respective phases for synchronizing. Synchronizing will continue until a timeout occurs or the breaker is closed externally..7 Setpoint: Phase Window Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 . This is to match the reaction of the controller’s regulator with the actual reaction time of the actuator.9.9.6 Setpoint: Voltage Window Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 … 100. 300 [s] Related All applications Description Time constant of the speed actuator connected to the binary outputs Speed Up/Speed Down..1-Reference Guide.pdf.

0 [%] Related All applications Description Gain of the frequency control PI loop. During synchronization.0 [s] Related All applications Description The period of time that the phase angle difference must be within +/. first the frequency loop is started to match the generator frequency with the mains or bus and after that the phase angle loop is started to match the phase angle..pdf. ©ComAp – May 2015 201 .9.Phase Window and voltage difference within Voltage Window before the breaker is closed. 16.16. NT InteliCompact .9. 100 [%] Related All applications Description Relative integration factor of the frequency control loop.0 [%] Related All applications Description Gain of the phase angle control loop.. 200.. SW version 2.10 Setpoint: Freq Int Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .1. 16.1. 16.1..9.. 200.9 Setpoint: Freq Gain Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .1.1-Reference Guide.8 Setpoint: Dwell Time Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 … 25..1 InteliCompact-NT-2.9.11 Setpoint: Angle Gain Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .

Use this setpoint to adjust the end-point of the ramp..g. GCB Open Del [s] Related All applications Description All changes of requested gen-set load (except in load-sharing mode) are not made as one step. 16... 16.g.. SW version 2..  The gen-set is being unloaded before opening the GCB and stop.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. 16.1. but are ramped – i.9..0 [%] Related All applications Description Gain of the load control PI loop. baseload in parallel to mains operation or average gen-set load in multiple load-sharing operation)  The gen-set is running parallel to the mains and baseload is changed. The ramp takes place in the following situations:  The gen-set has been just synchronized and is ramping up to the target load level (e.16 Setpoint: GCB Open Level Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 . NT InteliCompact .1.9.1-Reference Guide. the requested load is changing slowly with the rate adjusted by this setpoint.9.pdf.15 Setpoint: Load Int Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .14 Setpoint: Load Gain Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .16.13 Setpoint: Load Ramp Group Sync/Load Cont Range [units] 0 . 200.. 100 [%] Related All applications Description Relative integration factor of the load control loop. the load level (in % of Nominal Power) where the GCB will be opened. 100 [%] Related All applications Description After a stop command has been issued in parallel to mains or other gen-sets operation. the ramp duration will be 50% of this setpoint.. e. The rate is adjusted in seconds for 100% load change (from 0 to 100% of nominal power). ©ComAp – May 2015 202 . In this case the end load level is adjusted by the setpoint GCB Open Level and the timeout for unloading is adjusted by the setpoint GCB Open Del.e. the gen-set load is ramped down before the GCB will open. So if the requested load change is 50% of nominal power.9.1.

... ©ComAp – May 2015 203 .. the Sync Timeout or RevSyncTimeout alarm will be issued.1-Reference Guide. When the timeout has elapsed. 16.9.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.20 Setpoint: LoadShare Int Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 ...19 Setpoint: LoadShare Gain Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 0 .9. 1800 [s] Related All applications Description Use this setpoint to adjust the timeout for reaching the load level GCB Open Level during the gen-set is being unloaded. the GCB will open regardless of the load.1.9. 1800 [s] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the maximum duration of synchronizing. NT InteliCompact .0 [%] Related MINT applications Description Gain of the load sharing control PI loop.1.9.pdf. 100 [%] Related MINT applications Description Relative integration factor of load sharing control loop. SW version 2.17 Setpoint: GCB Open Del Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] Load Ramp .18 Setpoint: Sync Timeout Group Sync/Load Ctrl Range [units] 1 .16.1.1. 16. 16.. 200. If synchronizing is not successful within this period of time..

SW version 2.10.2 Setpoint: Voltage Gain Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 … 200.10. which is present on the output.3 Setpoint: Voltage Int Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 . 16. 200.10 Group: Volt/PF Ctrl 16. if no voltage or power factor regulation loop is active.1.. 16.10.1.16.1-Reference Guide. NOTE: The voltage level on the AVR remote voltage input depends also on AVRi output wiring and potentiometer position. 100 [%] Related All applications Description Relative integration factor of the voltage control loop.. 100. NT InteliCompact .1.0 [%] Related All applications Description Gain of power factor control PI loop...1.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 204 ..4 Setpoint: PF Gain Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 .1 Setpoint: AVRi Bias Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 .pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16..0 [%] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the initial PWM level for the AVR output.10. See the chapter AVR interface for details about the recommended settings for various AVR types.0 [%] Related All applications Description Gain of the voltage control PI loop.

1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .10.0 [%] Related MINT applications Description Gain of VAr sharing control PI loop.1 Setpoint: IOM AI1 Yel Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 1 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.1. 16.1.11.10.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.11.1.16.2 Setpoint: IOM AI1 Red Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 1 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. SW version 2.pdf.7 Setpoint: VAr Share Int Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 . ©ComAp – May 2015 205 ..1. 200.5 Setpoint: PF Int Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 .1..11 Group: ExtI/O Protect 16..1. 16.. 100 [%] Related All applications Description Relative integration factor of the power factor control loop. 100 [%] Related MINT applications Description Relative integration factor of VAr sharing control loop. 16..6 Setpoint: VAr Share Gain Group Volt/PF Ctrl Range [units] 0 .. 16.10.

1-Reference Guide.11.7 Setpoint: IOM AI3 Yel Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 3 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. 16.11.11.pdf. 16.1.1.11.3 Setpoint: IOM AI1 Del Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] 0 .16. NT InteliCompact .1.. ©ComAp – May 2015 206 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.11.4 Setpoint: IOM AI2 Yel Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 2 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM... 16. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 1 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. 16.1.1.. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 2 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.6 Setpoint: IOM AI2 Del Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] 0 . SW version 2.5 Setpoint: IOM AI2 Red Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 2 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.

©ComAp – May 2015 207 . 16.1. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.9 Setpoint: IOM AI3 Del Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] 0 … 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 3 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.16.11.11.11 Setpoint: IOM AI4 Red Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 4 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. 180 [s] Related All applications Description Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 4 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. 16.1.11.. SW version 2. 16.11.11.8 Setpoint: IOM AI3 Red Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 3 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.12 Setpoint: IOM AI4 Del Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] 0 .1.1.1-Reference Guide.pdf.1. NT InteliCompact .10 Setpoint: IOM AI4 Yel Group ExtI/O Protect Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 4 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM..

©ComAp – May 2015 208 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. NOTE: The target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be set correctly to the setpoint(s) Phone/Addr 1 or Phone/Addr 2.1 Setpoint: Yel Alarm Msg Group SMS/E-Mail Range [units] OFF. 16. 16. For target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be set correctly to the setpoint(s) TelNo/Addr Ch1 or TelNo/Addr Ch2.12.pdf.12. NOTE: The target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be set correctly to the setpoint(s) Phone/Addr 1 or Phone/Addr 2. ON [-] Related All applications Description Set this setpoint to YES if you want to get messages when a red alarm occurs.1-Reference Guide.12 Group: SMS/E-Mail 16.1.3 Setpoint: Event Msg Group SMS/E-Mail Range [units] OFF.16. ON [-] Related All applications Description Set this setpoint to YES if you want to get messages when a yellow alarm occurs.1.2 Setpoint: Red Alarm Msg Group SMS/E-Mail Range [units] OFF.1.12. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2. ON [-] Related All applications Description Set this setpoint to ON if you want to get messages when a new event occurs.

1 Setpoint: AnaSwitch1 ON Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 1 of the controller. NOTE: This setpoint can be modified from a PC only! 16.1. NT InteliCompact .1. NOTE: For GSM numbers use either the national format (i.13.1.1-Reference Guide.e. the number you would dial if you wanted to make a local call) or the full international format beginning with a “+” character followed by the country prefix.16.5 Setpoint: TelNo/Addr Ch2 Group SMS/E-Mail Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description Enter in this setpoint either a valid GSM phone number or e-mail where the alarm messages shall be sent.12.e.4 Setpoint: TelNo/Addr Ch1 Group SMS/E-Mail Range [units] [-] Related All applications Description Enter in this setpoint either a valid GSM phone number or e-mail address where the alarm messages shall be sent. NOTE: This setpoint can be modified from a PC only! 16.12. ©ComAp – May 2015 209 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1. the number you would dial if you wanted to make a local call) or the full international format beginning with a “+” character followed by the country prefix. SW version 2. NOTE: For GSM numbers use either the national format (i.13 Group: AnalogSwitches 16.pdf.

16. 16.6 Setpoint: AnaSwitch3 OFF Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 3 of the controller. 16. SW version 2.13.1.3 Setpoint: AnaSwitch2 ON Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 2 of the controller.1-Reference Guide. 16. NT InteliCompact .13.4 Setpoint: AnaSwitch2 OFF Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 2 of the controller.5 Setpoint: AnaSwitch3 ON Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 3 of the controller.13.1.13.1.13.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.1.1. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 210 .2 Setpoint: AnaSwitch1 OFF Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 1 of the controller.

16. SUMMER-S [-] Related All applications Description  DISABLED: time mode switching is disabled.13.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2..1. ©ComAp – May 2015 211 .  WINTER: northern hemisphere winter time is valid for the current time period. 16. 2 hours of continuous operation.1.2 Setpoint: #SummerTimeMod Group Date/Time Range [units] DISABLED. NOTE: The shorter the timestamp period.14 Group: Date/Time 16. see Power switch chapter. 32000 [kW] Related All applications Description Off level for power switch activation.13. see Power switch chapter.16. if the period is set to 1 min. NT InteliCompact .1. Use this setpoint to adjust the period in which these records are written.7 Setpoint: PowerSwitch ON Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] 0 … 32000 [kW] Related All applications Description On level for power switch activation.  SUMMER: northern hemisphere summer (daylight saving) time is valid for the current time period. Adjust the setpoint to 0 to disable this function. SUMMER. the history will be overwritten after approx. WINTER.14.. 16.1-Reference Guide. For example.1.  SUMMER-S: southern hemisphere summer (daylight saving) time is valid for the current time period.14.1 Setpoint: Time Stamp Per Group Date/Time Range [units] 0 … 240 [min] Related All applications Description If the gen-set is running. the earlier the history log will be overwritten by Time stamp records. the Time stamp records are written periodically into the history.1. SW version 2. WINTER-S.8 Setpoint: PowerSwitchOFF Group AnalogSwitches Range [units] 0 .  WINTER-S: southern hemisphere winter time is valid for the current time period.

1. it may indicate that the backup battery needs to be replaced. Each record in the history log contains a date/time stamp. The system time is stored in a battery- backup RTC circuit and does not normally need to be adjusted except for initial setting and occasional corrections. NOTE: If the system date and time become inaccurate after the controller has been switched off for a long period of time.1-Reference Guide.. MON- SUN.3 Setpoint: #Time Group Date/Time Range [units] [hh. ©ComAp – May 2015 212 . 16.mm. SW version 2.pdf. The system date is stored in a battery- backup RTC circuit and does not normally need to be adjusted except for initial setting.14. MONDAY. MON-SAT.16.mm.14. SUNDAY.ss] Related All applications Description System time can be modified here. NOTE: If the system date and time becomes incorrect after the controller has been switched off for a long period of time.14. Each record in the history log contains a date/time stamp.. it may indicate that the backup battery needs to be replaced. NT InteliCompact . MON-FRI.yyyy] Related All applications Description System date can be modified here.1.1. TUESDAY. The system date and time is used for the exercise timers as well as for the history log. SAT-SUN [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the repetition period of the Timer 1. .5 Setpoint: Timer1 Repeat Group Date/Time Range [units] NONE. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4 Setpoint: #Date Group Date/Time Range [units] [dd. The system date and time is used for the exercise timers as well as for the history log. Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter.

TEST.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The binary output Exerc Timer 1 is always activated when the Timer is active regardless of chosen Timer function.6 Setpoint: Timer1 ON Time Group Date/Time Range [units] [hh:mm:ss] Related All applications Description Timer 1 will be activated at this time on selected day(s).1. ©ComAp – May 2015 213 . SW version 2.14.pdf.1-Reference Guide. MFail Blk. 1440 [min] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the duration that Timer 1 will be active within one cycle. Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter. TEST OnLd [-] Related All applications Description It is possible to choose among the following 5 (for SPtM) or 3 (for MINT) Timer functions..1.14. Mode OFF.14. TEST When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally OnLd connected to the Rem TEST OnLd binary input. MINT Only There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer1 No Func activation When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally Mode OFF connected to the Remote OFF binary input When this option is chosen the Timer directly starts gen-set (in AutoRun AUT mode) SPtM Only There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer1 No Func activation When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally Mode OFF connected to the Remote OFF binary input When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally MFail Blk connected to the MainsFailBlock binary input. When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally TEST connected to the Remote TEST binary input..7 Setpoint: Timer1Duration Group Date/Time Range [units] 1 . Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter.8 Setpoint: Timer1Function Group Date/Time Range [units] No Func. 16.16. 16. NT InteliCompact .1.

MON- SUN.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. MONDAY. 16.11 Setpoint: Timer2Duration Group Date/Time Range [units] 1 … 1440 [min] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the duration that Timer 2 will be active within one cycle.14. MON-FRI. .1. Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter.16.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 214 . TUESDAY. 16. SAT-SUN [-] Related All applications Description This setpoint adjusts the repetition period of Timer 2. SW version 2. NT InteliCompact .1.. SUNDAY.10 Setpoint: Timer2 ON Time Group Date/Time Range [units] [hh:mm:ss] Related All applications Description Timer 2 will be activated at this time on selected day(s).1-Reference Guide.14.pdf. Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter.14.9 Setpoint: Timer2 Repeat Group Date/Time Range [units] NONE. MON-SAT. Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter..

16.16.1 Setpoint: AI1Calibration Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 1.1.e. ©ComAp – May 2015 215 . perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. Mode OFF. i. MINT Only There is no other function besides binary output Exerc No Func Timer 2 activation When this option is chosen the Timer output is also Mode OFF internally connected to the Remote OFF binary input When this option is chosen the Timer directly starts gen-set AutoRun (in AUT mode) SPtM Only There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer No Func 2 activation When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally Mode OFF connected to the Remote OFF binary input When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally MFail Blk connected to the MainsFailBlock binary input. When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally TEST OnLd connected to the Rem TEST OnLd binary input.15. The binary output Exerc Timer 2 is always activated when the Timer is active regardless of the chosen Timer function.14. NT InteliCompact .1.e. TEST OnLd [-] Related All applications Description It is possible to choose among the following 5 (for SPtM) or 3 (for MINT) Timer functions. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions.1-Reference Guide. not cold.1. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. SW version 2.12 Setpoint: Timer2 Function Group Date/Time Range [units] No Func.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. MFail Blk. i.15 Group: Sensors Spec 16. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. TEST. When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally TEST connected to the Remote TEST binary input.pdf.

e. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. not cold. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant.1.3 Setpoint: AI3Calibration Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 3. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions.2 Setpoint: AI2Calibration Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 2.1. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. i.e.4 Setpoint: IOM AI1 Calibr Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 1 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. i. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. 16.15. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. i.15. ©ComAp – May 2015 216 .pdf. not cold.15.16.e. i. SW version 2. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions. i. 16. not cold.e. NT InteliCompact .e.1-Reference Guide.1.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. not cold. 16.e.1. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions. not cold.e. i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. NT InteliCompact .1. NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm. i.1.16. i.6 Setpoint: IOM AI3 Calibr Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 3 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. ©ComAp – May 2015 217 . NOTE: It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions. 16. SW version 2. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value. i.15. i. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm.e.pdf. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant.15.15.5 Setpoint: IOM AI2 Calibr Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to "calibrate" the analog input 2 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. i.1-Reference Guide. not cold.e.7 Setpoint: IOM AI4 Calibr Group Sensors Spec Range [units] Limits and units depend on analog input configuration Related All applications Description This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 4 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant.

SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 218 .3 Value: ECU State Group Engine Units - Related All applications Description Shows binary status (0 or 1) of ECU:  ECU Yellow Lamp  ECU Red Lamp  WaitToStrt 16.pdf.1.16.2.4 Value: Fuel Rate ECU Group Engine Units L/h or G/h – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Current fuel consumption obtained from the ECU.2.2.2 Value: W-TerminalFreq Group Engine Units Hz Related All applications Description Frequency measured on the pickup input if the setpoint Gear Teeth is adjusted to zero and it is expected that the “W” terminal from the charging alternator is connected to the pickup input.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2.1.1 Value: RPM Group Engine Units RPM Related All applications Description This value contains the current engine speed. NT InteliCompact . 16. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value. 16. The value is obtained from one of the following sources:  ECU.1 Group: Engine 16.1-Reference Guide.1.1.2. if an ECU is configured  Pickup input  Generator frequency Learn more in the Speed measurement chapter.2 Table of values 16.

6 Value: IntakeTemp ECU Group Engine Units ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Intake air temperature obtained from the ECU. 16. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.1.9 Value: BoostPress ECU Group Engine Units Bar/Psi – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Engine boost pressure obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value. ©ComAp – May 2015 219 .1-Reference Guide.2.5 Value: Cool Temp ECU Group Engine Units ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Coolant temperature obtained from the ECU.pdf.2.1.2. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value. SW version 2. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.8 Value: Oil Temp ECU Group Engine Units ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Oil temperature obtained from the ECU. 16. 16.2. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value. NT InteliCompact .1.16.7 Value: Oil Press ECU Group Engine Units Bar/Psi – selectable in configuration (LiteEdit) Related All applications Description Oil pressure obtained from the ECU. 16.1.1.2.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide. “0” means PRIMARY. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.11 Value: FuelLevel ECU Group Engine Units % Related All applications Description Fuel level obtained from the J1939 bus.2.2.1. NT InteliCompact . Without the support.1.1.pdf.12 Value: ECU FreqSelect Group Engine Units - Related All applications Description Shows selected frequency of ECU. 16.2. 16.16.10 Value: Perc Load ECU Group Engine Units % Related All applications Description “Percent load at current speed” value obtained from the ECU. 16.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 220 . “1” is SECONDARY and “#####” is DEFAULT. Speed request Requested speed Accelerator pedal position 0% 1350 RPM 0% 50% 1500 RPM 50% 100% 1650 RPM 100% NOTE: This function (speed adjust via CAN bus) has to be supported by the engine ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.2. SW version 2. ComAp controllers can not adjust the engine speed.13 Value: Speed Request Group Engine Units % Related All applications Description Engine speed control via CAN bus.

14 Value: SpeedReq RPM Group Engine Units RPM Related All applications Description Requested engine speed.2.16. 16. 16.2.2. SW version 2.1.2 Value: Gen kW L1 Group Generator Units kW Related All applications Description Generator active power in phase L1.2.pdf.2.1 Value: Gen kW Group Generator Units kW Related All applications Description Generator active power. 16. 16.2.3 Value: Gen kW L2 Group Generator NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.2. 16.16 Value: DPF1 Ash Load Group Engine Units % Related All applications Description The rate of ash in DPF (Diesel particulate filter).1-Reference Guide.15 Value: DPF1 Soot Load Group Engine Units % Related All applications Description The rate of soot in DPF (Diesel particulate filter).2. ©ComAp – May 2015 221 .1.2.2.2 Group: Generator 16.

5 Value: Gen kVAr Group Generator Units kVAr Related All applications Description Generator reactive power.8 Value: Gen kVAr L3 Group Generator Units kVAr Related All applications Description Generator reactive power in phase L3.2.6 Value: Gen kVAr L1 Group Generator Units kVAr Related All applications Description Generator reactive power in phase L1.2.pdf. 16.2.1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .2.7 Value: Gen kVAr L2 Group Generator Units kVAr Related All applications Description Generator reactive power in phase L2. ©ComAp – May 2015 222 .Units kW Related All applications Description Generator active power in phase L2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2.2. SW version 2. 16.2.2.2.2.4 Value: Gen kW L3 Group Generator Units kW Related All applications Description Generator active power in phase L3. 16. 16. 16.

16.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2. 16.10 Value: Gen kVA L1 Group Generator Units kVA Related All applications Description Generator apparent power in phase L1. NT InteliCompact .11 Value: Gen kVA L2 Group Generator Units kVA Related All applications Description Generator apparent power in phase L2.2.2.12 Value: Gen kVA L3 Group Generator Units kVA Related All applications Description Generator apparent power in phase L3.1-Reference Guide.2.2.16.2.13 Value: Gen PF Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Generator power factor. 16.2.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 223 .pdf. 16.2. SW version 2.9 Value: Gen kVA Group Generator Units kVA Related All applications Description Generator apparent power.

16. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1). 16.2.17 Value: Gen PF L2 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Generator power factor in phase L2. “L” means inductive load.15 Value: Gen PF L1 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Generator power factor in phase L1.2.2.16 Value: Gen Lchr L1 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Character of the generator load in the L1 phase.2.1-Reference Guide. 16.2. 16.18 Value: Gen Lchr L2 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Character of the generator load in the L2 phase.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.14 Value: Gen Load Char Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Character of the generator load. “L” means inductive load. ©ComAp – May 2015 224 .pdf.16. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).2.2.2. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).2. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2. “L” means inductive load.2.

2.2.20 Value: Gen Lchr L3 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Character of the generator load in the L3 phase. “L” means inductive load.1-Reference Guide. 16. SW version 2.23 Value: Gen V L2-N Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L2 voltage.2. 16. 16. 16.2.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.22 Value: Gen V L1-N Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L1 voltage.pdf. NT InteliCompact .2. ©ComAp – May 2015 225 .2.19 Value: Gen PF L3 Group Generator Units - Related All applications Description Generator power factor in phase L3. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).2.21 Value: Gen Freq Group Generator Units Hz Related All applications Description Generator frequency taken from phase L3.2.2.16.

2.26 Value: Gen V L2-L3 Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf.2.24 Value: Gen V L3-N Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L3 voltage.2.1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .2.16.2.2.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 226 .2. 16.25 Value: Gen V L1-L2 Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.27 Value: Gen V L3-L1 Group Generator Units V Related All applications Description Generator phase L3 to phase L1 voltage.2. 16. SW version 2. 16.28 Value: Gen A L1 Group Generator Units A Related All applications Description Generator current phase L1.2. 16.

2.2.30 Value: Gen A L3 Group Generator Units A Related All applications Description Generator current phase L3.pdf. 16. 16. 16. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2.1 Value: Mains Freq Group Mains Units Hz Related SPtM applications Description Mains frequency taken from phase L3.2.16.2. 16.3.31 Value: EarthFaultCurr Group Generator Units A Related MINT applications Description Measured value of fault for evaluation of earth fault protection.29 Value: Gen A L2 Group Generator Units A Related All applications Description Generator current phase L2.2.2 Value: Mains V L1-N Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L1 voltage.3 Group: Mains 16.2. NT InteliCompact .3.1-Reference Guide.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 227 .2.

4 Value: Mains V L3-N Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L3 voltage.2.3.7 Value: Mains V L3-L1 Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L3 to phase L1 voltage. NT InteliCompact .3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.6 Value: Mains V L2-L3 Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.5 Value: Mains V L1-L2 Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.3.16. 16. 16. 16.3.2. 16.2.pdf.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 228 .1-Reference Guide.3.3 Value: Mains V L2-N Group Mains Units V Related SPtM applications Description Mains phase L2 voltage. SW version 2.2.

9 Value: Mains kW I Group Mains Units kW Related SPtM applications Description Mains active power.2. 16.3.16.11 Value: Mains PF Group Mains Units - Related SPtM applications Description Mains power factor.8 Value: Mains A L3/EF Group Mains Units A Related SPtM applications Description Mains effective current in phase L3.2.3. “L” means inductive load. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).2.3. 16. NT InteliCompact . 16.1-Reference Guide.pdf.3. SW version 2.2. 16.2.3.12 Value: Mains LChr Group Mains Units - Related SPtM applications Description Character of the mains.10 Value: Mains kVAr I Group Mains Units kVAr Related SPtM applications Description Mains reactive power. ©ComAp – May 2015 229 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

1-Reference Guide.17 Value: Slip Group Mains Units Hz Related All applications Description Differential frequency between the gen-set and the mains. SW version 2.3. 16.3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NT InteliCompact .2.3. 16. “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).2.2. “L” means inductive load.2.13 Value: Load kW Group Mains Units kW Related SPtM applications Description Load active power.16.pdf. 16.14 Value: Load kVAr Group Mains Units kVAr Related SPtM applications Description Load reactive power.3.15 Value: Load PF Group Mains Units - Related SPtM applications Description Load power factor. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 230 .3.2.16 Value: Load LChr Group Mains Units - Related SPtM applications Description Character of the load.

1 Value: Bus Freq Group Bus Units Hz Related MINT applications Description Bus frequency taken from phase L3.18 Value: Angle Group Mains Units ° Related All applications Description The phase shift between the gen-set and the mains voltage.4.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2. 16.4.2.3 Value: Bus V L2-N Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L2 voltage. 16.3. The value is reset to 0 automatically in the moment of closing the GCB. ©ComAp – May 2015 231 .pdf.2. NT InteliCompact . 16.4.3.2 Value: Bus V L1-N Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L1 voltage. 16.2. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide.16.19 Value: MaxVectorShift Group Mains Units º Related SPtM applications Description This is the maximum measured value of the vector shift of the generator voltage.2.4 Group: Bus 16.

8 Value: Slip Group Mains Units Hz Related MINT applications Description Differential frequency between the gen-set and the mains. NT InteliCompact .4.16.4. 16.1-Reference Guide.2. SW version 2.4.4.4 Value: Bus V L3-N Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L3 voltage. 16. 16.pdf.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2. ©ComAp – May 2015 232 .2.6 Value: Bus V L2-L3 Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.7 Value: Bus V L3-L1 Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L3 to phase L1 voltage.2.5 Value: Bus V L1-L2 Group Bus Units V Related MINT applications Description Bus phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.4. 16.

5.pdf. i.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide. SW version 2.2. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled. NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 233 . 16.2 Value: Running ActPwr Group Power management Units kW Related MINT applications Description Sum of active power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management.1 Value: Actual Reserve Group Power management Units kW or % (depends on #PowerMgmtMode setpoint) Related MINT applications Description #PowerMgmtMode setpoint is set to ABS(kW): This value represents the difference between the current load of the group and the nominal capacity of the currently loaded gen-sets.2.16.4. ∑ 𝑃act Actual Reserve = 100 ∙ (1 − ) [%] ∑ 𝑃nom 𝑃nom = Running NomPwr and 𝑃act = Running ActPwr. Actual Reserve = ∑ 𝑃nom − ∑ 𝑃act [kW] #PowerMgmtMode setpoint is set to REL(%): This value represents the difference between the actual relative load of the group and 100%.2.5 Group: Pwr Management 16.9 Value: Angle Group Mains Units ° Related MINT applications Description The phase shift between the gen-set and the mains voltage.e.5. 16.

16.5 Value: Avail Nom Pwr Group Power management Units kW Related MINT applications Description Sum of nominal load of all active gen-sets within the group.2.5.3 Value: Running Q-Pwr Group Power management Units kVAr Related MINT applications Description Sum of reactive power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management.2.5. i. SW version 2. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled.2. See the chapter Power management for details.2.pdf.5. 16. NT InteliCompact .16. ©ComAp – May 2015 234 . otherwise the value will correspond to the setpoint Priority.2.5. 16. If the binary input Top Priority is active. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled.4 Value: Running NomPwr Group Power management Units kW Related MINT applications Description Sum of nominal power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management. the priority number will be 0. 16.e.5.7 Value: Act Pwr Band Group Power management Range [units] - Related MINT applications Description The values show which gen-sets (controller CAN addresses) are running in current active power band.1-Reference Guide. i.6 Value: Priority Group Power management Units - Related MINT applications Description This value shows the current priority number.e.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

It will contain an invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.8 Value: Next Pwr Band Group Power management Range [units] - Related MINT applications Description The values show which gen-sets (controller CAN addresses) will run if the load demand rose above the upper limit of the current power band.2.3 Value: Analog Input 1 Group Controller I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 1 of the controller.1 Value: Battery Volts Group Controller I/O Units V Related All applications Description Controller supply voltage.5.6.2.6. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 235 . 16. 16.6 Group: Controller I/O 16.2.4 Value: Analog Input 2 Group Controller I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 2 of the controller. It will contain an invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.2.1-Reference Guide.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.6. NT InteliCompact . 16.2.16.6.2.2 Value: D+ Group Controller I/O Units V Related All applications Description D+ terminal voltage.

2.6.5 Value: Analog Input 3 Group Controller I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 3 of the controller. Bit0 represents BI1.6 Value: Bin Inputs Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of the physical binary inputs of the controller. SW version 2.9 Value: AVRi Output Group Controller I/O Units % NT InteliCompact .e. Bit0 represents BO1.7 Value: Bin Outputs Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of the physical binary outputs of the controller.pdf. i. ©ComAp – May 2015 236 . It will contain an invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.e.8 Value: Speed Gov Out Group Controller I/O Units V Related All applications Description This is the actual voltage on the speed governor output of the controller.16.2. etc. i. bit1 represents BI2.6. 16.6. 16. bit1 represents BO2.1-Reference Guide. the relation is 10V ~ 100% PWM. BI1 in the leftmost position 16.2. In the event that the output is switched to PWM mode. BO1 in the leftmost position.6. etc. NOTE: In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”.2. NOTE: In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”.6.2. 16.

Related All applications Description This is the actual PWM percentage on the AVRi output of the controller. TABLE OF DIAGNOSTIC CODES Code Description 0 OK.12 Value: GSM Diag Code Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description Diagnostic code for the IL-NT-GPRS modem.11 Value: GSM ErrorRate Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description IL-NT-GPRS module shows this information for relative evaluation of signal quality. No error.2. 16. Standard GSM modems usually support this value as well. PIN needs to be deactivated) or 11 unknown status of SIM locking 12 No GSM signal 13 Not possible to read the SIM card parameters 14 GSM modem did not accept particular initialization command.2. 16.pdf.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The lower value. 16.6. ©ComAp – May 2015 237 . possibly caused by NT InteliCompact . 1 Not possible to hang up.6. 2 IL-NT-base is switched off 3 IL-NT-GPRS is switched on 4 IL-NT-GPRS – error in initialization 5 IL-NT-GPRS – not possible to set the APN 6 IL-NT-GPRS – not possible to connect to GPRS network 7 IL-NT-GPRS – not possible to retrieve IP address 8 IL-NT-GPRS – not accepted DNS IP address 9 Error in modem detection 10 Error in initialization of analog modem SIM card is locked (Possibly PIN code required.1-Reference Guide. SW version 2. It is a relative value helping to find the best signal and for troubleshooting cases.2.10 Value: GSM SignalLvl Group Controller I/O Units % Related All applications Description IL-NT-GPRS module shows the strength of the GSM signal.6. Helps in troubleshooting. the higher the signal quality.

server has no more capacity 4 Not possible to register. ©ComAp – May 2015 238 .15 Value: Modem Status Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description Status of the modem. TABLE OF DIAGNOSTIC CODES: Code Description 1 Controller registered. other reason 5 Controller registered and authorized 16.pdf.6. controller blacklisted 3 Not possible to register. SW version 2.13 Value: AirGate Diag Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description Diagnostic code for AirGate connection.6. Helps in troubleshooting.1-Reference Guide.2. NT InteliCompact .  “--------“ After controller initialization  “Trying” Modem active.2. LiteEdit or InteliMonitor. waiting for authorization 2 Not possible to register.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.14 Value: AirGate ID Group Controller I/O Units - Related All applications Description Identification name generated by AirGate server for the purpose of establishing communication via WebSupervisor. Communication with modem is OK. 16. locked SIM card 15 Unknown modem 16 Bad answer to complement initialization string 17 Not possible to read GSM signal strength 18 CDMA modem not detected 19 No CDMA network 20 Unsuccessful registration to CDMA network 255 Only running communication is needed to indicate 16. Trying to establish connection.2.6.  “Ready” Modem ready.

7. 16.3 Value: IOM AI3 Group Extension I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 3 of the IOM/PTM extension module.7. SW version 2.7 Group: Extension I/O 16.2.4 Value: IOM AI4 Group Extension I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 4 of the IOM/PTM extension module. ©ComAp – May 2015 239 . It will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.16.2. It will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is detected on it. It will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.2. NT InteliCompact . 16.7.1-Reference Guide.2.1 Value: IOM AI1 Group Extension I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 1 of the IOM/PTM extension module. It will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is detected on it. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2 Value: IOM AI2 Group Extension I/O Units configurable Related All applications Description This is the value of the analog input 2 of the IOM/PTM extension module.pdf.7.2.

pdf. Bit0 represents BI1. SW version 2. bit0 in the leftmost position. 16.2.2. etc.e.7.5 Value: IOM Bin Inp Group Extension I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary inputs of the IOM/PTM extension module.6 Value: ExtM Bin Inp Group Extension I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary inputs of the extension plugin module. i. bit1 represents ExM BI2.1-Reference Guide.7. NOTE: In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. ©ComAp – May 2015 240 .e.e.7 Value: RA Bin Out Group Extension I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of the LED indicators of the RA15 module. Bit0 represents ExM BI1. Bit0 represents the top left LED. i. bit1 represents BI2. NOTE: In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”.16. 16. BI1 in the leftmost position. bit14 represents the bottom right LED.7. i. etc. NT InteliCompact .2. NOTE: In the LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”. ExM BI1 in the leftmost position.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16. bit1 represents BO2. Bit0 represents BO1.8.pdf.8 Group: Statistics 16. If the value is not available from the ECU or if an ECU is not configured.2. NOTE: In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in “normal order”.8 Value: IOM Bin Out Group Extension I/O Units - Related All applications Description This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary outputs of the IOM/PTM module.2 Value: Energy kVArh Group Statistics Units kVArh Related All applications Description Reactive energy counter. ©ComAp – May 2015 241 .2. 16. NT InteliCompact .16. 16.8.e. i. SW version 2.1 Value: Energy kWh Group Statistics Units kWh Related All applications Description Active energy counter.2.2.7. the value is taken from the ECU. If an ECU is configured and it provides engine hours value. BO1 in the leftmost position. etc.1-Reference Guide.3 Value: Run Hours Group Statistics Units h Related All applications Description Engine operation hours counter.2.8. the engine hours are incremented in the controller while the engine is running.

the counter is increased by 2 if two shutdown alarms appear simultaneously.2.8. This counter counts all occurrences of a shutdown alarm.8.16. not only real shutdowns of the gen-set.8.e.2.1-Reference Guide.6 Value: Num E-Stops Group Statistics Units - Related All applications Description Emergency stop alarms counter. ©ComAp – May 2015 242 . 16. The counter is increased by 1 even if the particular start command will take more than one attempt.pdf. NT InteliCompact .4 Value: Num Starts Group Statistics Units - Related All applications Description Engine start commands counter.5 Value: Maintenance Group Statistics Units h Related All applications Description Countdown until next maintenance.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.2. 16.7 Value: Shutdowns Group Statistics Units - Related All applications Description Shutdown alarms counter. Initial value can be set in Engine Protect – WrnMaintenace. i. 16. SW version 2.8.

pdf. The controller automatically updates this value every 30 s. SW version 2.yyyy Related All applications Description Shows setup date.Direct reading from ECU .9. 16.9 Group: Date/Time 16.2.2.2.mm.Calculation from fuel level drop in tank (using Fuel Level AI + FuelTankVolume setpoint) NOTE: The accuracy of Total Fuel Consumption depends on the precision of ECU values or precision of FuelTankVolume and fuel level sensor.2. NT InteliCompact . It can be reset by the PerFuelConsRes binary input. The controller can calculate it in three ways: .8 Value: TotFuelConsum Group Statistics Units L Related All applications Description Value containing total amount of consumed fuel by engine. 16.9 Value: PerTotFuelCons Group Statistics Units L Related All applications Description Value of Period Fuel Consumption is calculated from the Total Fuel Consumption.Calculation based on actual fuel consumption reading from ECU . ©ComAp – May 2015 243 .16. 16.1 Value: Time Group Info Units hh:mm:ss Related All applications Description Shows setup time.8.9.2.8.1-Reference Guide.2 Value: Date Group Info Units dd.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.

The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.2. The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.2 Value: Breaker State Group Info Units - Related All applications Description The value contains the numeric code of the “breaker state” message which is shown on the main screen of the controller. The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.2.10.16.1 Value: Engine State Group Info Units - Related All applications Description The value contains the numeric code of the “engine state” message which is shown on the main screen of the controller.2. NT InteliCompact .10 Group: Info 16.3 Value: Timer Text Group Info Units - Related All applications Description The value contains the numeric code of the “Current process timer” text which is shown on the main screen of the controller. The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 244 .1-Reference Guide. Open any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image.pdf. The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit.10.10. Open any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. 16. Open any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit.2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.

16.2. This value does not contain the release version number. 16.10.5 Value: FW Version Group Info Units - Related All applications Description Major and minor firmware version number.10.2.10.7 Value: PasswordDecode Group Info Units - Related All applications Description This value contains a number which can be used for retrieving a lost password.1-Reference Guide. Contains 1 in the case of standard branches.10. ©ComAp – May 2015 245 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.8 Value: CAN16 Group Info Units - Related MINT applications Description Each bit of this value shows if a controller with the corresponding address is found on the bus.2.6 Value: FW Branch Group Info Units - Related All applications Description Firmware branch code. Bit 0 represents address 1 etc. 16.2. Send this number together with the controller serial number to your distributor if you have lost your password.4 Value: Timer Value Group Info Units s Related All applications Description The value contains the "Current process timer" value which is shown on the main screen of the controller.10. 16.2.16.pdf. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2.

16.9 Value: CAN32 Group Info Units - Related MINT applications Description Each bit of this value shows if a controller with the corresponding address is found on the bus. If the input is active.2.1 Binary input: GCB Feedback Related All applications Description This is an input from the generator circuit breaker or contactor auxiliary contact.3 Table of binary input functions 16.10 Value: GensLoaded16 Group Info Units - Related MINT applications Description Each bit if set represents gen-set with its GCB closed. SW version 2.1-Reference Guide. 16.1. NT InteliCompact .pdf.10. ©ComAp – May 2015 246 . 16.2. the controller will consider the GCB as closed and vice versa.3.2. If the GCB is not in the expected position.11 Value: GensLoaded32 Group Info Units - Related MINT applications Description Each bit if set represents gen-set with its GCB closed.10.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. Bit 0 represents address 16 etc. the alarm GCB Fail will occur.3.1 Common functions 16. 16.10.

MainsCompact: If the MCB is not in the expected position. If the input is active. NOTE: Active access lock is indicated by an “L” letter in the upper right corner of the controller main screen. NT InteliCompact .4 Binary input: Sd Override Related All applications Description If this input is active.1.1.1. all red alarms except emergency stop and overspeed are suppressed. then change of all setpoints and controller mode is disabled.1.3.3. It is recommended to use the “NC” button for this input because of safety reasons. According to the MCB position the controller differentiates between Parallel to Mains operation and Island operation. where providing power is more important than protecting the gen-set. SW version 2. CAUTION! This is a software function only. but they will not take effect regarding the gen-set control. CAUTION! Misuse of this input can cause damage to the gen-set! 16.3. See the chapter Emergency stop in the Installation section of this manual if a “hard-wired” emergency stop function is needed.3 Binary input: Emergency Stop Related All applications Description This input will activate the built-in Emergency Stop alarm.3. The suppressed alarms will be displayed in the alarmlist. the controller will consider the MCB as closed and vice versa.16.e. ©ComAp – May 2015 247 .1-Reference Guide. the alarm MCB Fail will occur. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NOTE: This input does not disable remote changes of setpoints i. NOTE: This input is designed to be used only while the gen-set is supplying pumps for automatic fire-extinguishing devices (sprinklers) or in other situations. 16. from LiteEdit.5 Binary input: Access Lock Related All applications Description If this input is active.2 Binary input: MCB Feedback Related All applications Description This is an input from the Mains circuit breaker or contactor auxiliary contact. SPtM. even if the password is entered.pdf.

16. the highest priority is held by Remote OFF. Remote MAN and Remote AUT.1.3.pdf. the highest priority has Remote OFF. ©ComAp – May 2015 248 . 16. Modem. 16.8 Binary input: Remote AUT Related All applications Description This input switches the controller into AUT mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. the highest priority is held by Remote OFF.3. Modbus. If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time. If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time. Learn more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter. then Remote TEST. Remote MAN and Remote AUT.3. then Remote TEST.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.9 Binary input: RemControlLock Related All applications Description If the input is active.g. writing of commands and setpoint changes – from remote communication interfaces (RS232.16. then Remote TEST.1. Remote MAN and Remote AUT.1.6 Binary input: Remote OFF Related All applications Description This input switches the controller into OFF mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen.3.7 Binary input: Remote MAN Related All applications Description This input switches the controller into MAN mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. iG-IB. the controller will not accept any actions regarding the gen-set control – e.1. i-LB). Learn more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter. SW version 2. NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide. Learn more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter. If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time.

13 Binary input: FaultResButton Related All applications Description This input is to be used as an external fault reset button. the gen-set remains running loaded if it was running and GCB was closed in the moment the input was deactivated.1-Reference Guide. It works the same way as the horn reset button on the panel. It works the same way as the stop button on the panel.10 Binary input: Emergency MAN Related All applications Description This input is designed to allow the gen-set to be controlled externally. deactivates all outputs related to it. It works the same way as the start button on the panel.  When the input is deactivated. 16.14 Binary input: HornResButton Related All applications Description This input is to be used as an external horn reset button.3. NT InteliCompact . 16. but the gen-set itself is operational.1.3. not by the controller.3. SW version 2. NOTE: For safety reasons it is recommended to configure this input as NC input and use a NC button.1.1.1. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 249 .16.3.e.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.3.12 Binary input: Stop Button Related All applications Description This input is to be used as an external stop button for control of the gen-set in manual mode.1.11 Binary input: Start Button Related All applications Description This input is to be used as an external start button for control of the gen-set in manual mode.  Stops all functions regarding the gen-set control. i. which disables the gen-set to be controlled by the controller. the controller takes control over the gen-set according to the situation the gen-set was in the moment of deactivation.  Stop Fail alarm is not being evaluated and stop solenoid is not activated if nonzero speed is detected. This feature can be useful in case of testing the gen-set or in case of some failure. 16.pdf. It works the same way as the fault reset button on the panel. The controller behaves in the following way:  Shows the text EmergMan in the engine status on the main screen.

16. the controller will not continue to synchronize after Min Stab Time elapsed even in AUT mode.1 Binary input: Sys Start/Stop Related MINT applications Description This input activates the power management in the controller.3.17 Binary input: NeutralCB fdb Related All applications Description Use this input to detect whether the Neutral circuit breaker is open or closed. If an island condition occurs (mains fails). NOTE: If the power management is disabled by the Pwr Management setpoint.2 MINT specific 16. 16. the gen-set is stopped in AUT mode and does not take part within the power management of the group.3. See also setpoint #Neutral cont and binary output Neutral CB C/O. If an island condition occurs (mains fails).3. If this input is not active. 16.3.16 Binary input: ForwSyncDisabl Related All applications Description If the input is active.2.1. switch it out from AUT mode.1. the controller will not continue to synchronize after Min Stab Time even in AUT mode. the gen-set will take the island load. NOTE: In most cases this input is wired parallel into all controllers within the group to activate and deactivate the whole group.3.3. It works the same way as the GCB button on the panel. the gen-set is started and stopped only according to this input. the gen-set will take the island load.1.15 Binary input: GCB Button Related All applications Description This input is to be used as an external GCB button for control of the gen-set in manual mode.1.1-Reference Guide.16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.pdf. 16. SW version 2.18 Binary input: PerFuelConsRes Related All applications Description If the input is active. If you want to deactivate one particular gen-set. NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 250 .

Learn more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter. 16.4 Binary input: Top Priority Related MINT applications Description If this input is active. then Remote TEST.2 Binary input: Remote TEST Related SPtM applications Description This input switches the controller into TEST mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. i. Setpoint is evaluated only in Load Demand Star/Stop regime.e.3. NT InteliCompact . perform the test on load procedure.3 Binary input: Min Run Power Related MINT applications Description Use this input if you need to ensure that the nominal power of loaded gen- sets does not drop below the value of Min Run Power even if the reserve for stop is fulfilled.3. 16.2.pdf. If the input is active. Remote MAN and Remote AUT. 16.3 Binary input: Rem TEST OnLd Related SPtM applications Description This input switches the controller into TEST mode like Remote TEST.3.3.16. the controller will have the highest priority in the group independent of the setpoint Priority.3.3. 16.1-Reference Guide.2.3 SPtM specific 16. but forces the controller to take the load. the highest priority is held by Remote OFF.3. If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time. 16.2 Binary input: Load Reserve 2 Related MINT applications Description This input selects the currently used pair of reserves for the power management. ©ComAp – May 2015 251 .1 Binary input: Rem Start/Stop Related SPtM applications Description Use this input to start and stop the gen-set in AUT mode.3.3. SW version 2.3.2. the pair LoadResStrt 2 and LoadResStop 2 is active instead of LoadResStrt 1 and LoadResStop 1.

7 Binary input: MainsFailBlock Related SPtM applications Description If the input is active. If the input is activated. but performs a changeover instead. SW version 2.4.3.1 Binary output: Starter Related All applications Description This output is dedicated for starter motor control.6 Binary input: Ext MF Relay Related SPtM applications Description This input can be used for connecting an external mains protection relay.3.3.1 Common functions 16.5 Binary input: MCB Button Related SPtM applications Description This input is to be used as an external MCB button for control of the breaker in manual mode.16. gen-set goes to cooling procedure and stops The input simulates healthy mains. ©ComAp – May 2015 252 .1. the controller will consider the mains to have failed and will perform all appropriate actions.3. 16. the timer ReturtnDel starts to count then the GCB is opened.4.3. the gen-set will not start after the mains fail although the controller is in AUT mode.3. NOTE: Learn more about starting procedure in the chapter Engine start.1-Reference Guide. If the gen-set is already running and the input has been activated.3.4 Table of binary output functions 16. 16. It works the same way as the MCB button on the panel.3.pdf. the controller will not perform reverse synchronizing when the mains have returned. NOTE: THE MCB WILL CLOSE WHILE THE GCB IS OPENING! 16. NT InteliCompact . 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4 Binary input: RevSyncDisable Related SPtM applications Description If the input is active.

the stop solenoid is de- energized for 5 and then energized again for max. ©ComAp – May 2015 253 .4.4. 16. Stop time and this repeats until the engine is stopped. 16.4.2 Binary output: Battery B Related All applications Description This output should be used in case that two batteries for starting are used. NOTE: Learn more about evaluation of stopped engine in the chapter Stopped gen- set evaluation. If the Stop time has elapsed and the engine is still not stopped.3 Binary output: Fuel Solenoid Related All applications Description This output is dedicated to controlling the fuel solenoid (valve). SW version 2. Starter 1st attempt Crank pause 2nd attempt (=Cranking) Battery A in use Battery B in use Battery B 16. when the binary output Stop Solenoid is activated. The output is closed in the moment when the gen-set shall stop and remains active until the gen-set is stopped.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4.5 Binary output: Stop Pulse Related All applications Description This output will give a 1 pulse whenever a stop command is issued to the gen-set. but at least for time period of Stop Time.5 before Starter and remains closed all the time the gen-set shall run.pdf.16.4 Binary output: Stop Solenoid Related All applications Description This output is dedicated to control the stop solenoid (valve). Battery B output is opened for the first cranking cycle which is designated for Battery A and closes for the second cranking cycle which is designated for Battery B (in case that two batteries for cranking are used). battery A and battery B.1. Batter B output switches between two alternative sources of power.1.e.1-Reference Guide. NOTE: Learn more about starting procedure in the chapter Engine start.1. The output is closed 0. NT InteliCompact .1. i.

1-Reference Guide.4. The output is closed together with Fuel Solenoid in the moment the gen-set reaches 30RPM during cranking. 16.1. The output is opened when the gen-set has stopped. SW version 2. if this feature (input) is available on the particular engine. The output is active when at least one unconfirmed alarm is present in the alarmlist. which has to be activated just before start.1.10 Binary output: Alarm Related All applications Description The output is designed to be used as external alarm indication such as a red bulb in the control room etc.4. the idle/nominal switching is performed over the communication bus.9 Binary output: Idle/Nominal Related All applications Description This output is used for switching between idle speed and nominal speed of the engine during the startup phase. 16. 16.4. In the case of some EFI engines.4. 16.6 Binary output: Ignition Related All applications Description This output is dedicated to controlling the ignition at a gas engine. glow plugs.pdf.16. NT InteliCompact .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.8 Binary output: Cooling Pump Related All applications Description This output is dedicated for coolant pump control.e.7 Binary output: Prestart Related All applications Description This output can be used for control of any device.1.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 254 . i. The output is closed for time period of Prestart Time prior to activation of the starter motor and remains closed during cranking and also during pause between cranking attempts.4. It is closed in the moment the gen-set is started and remains closed until the gen-set is stopped.

1.15 Binary output: GCB OFF Coil Related All applications Description This output is to be used for control of the OFF coil of the generator circuit breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches.1-Reference Guide.4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.16. 16. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches. 16.1. 16.pdf. The output is activated each time a new alarm has appeared and remains active until one of the following events occurs:  Fault reset is pressed  Horn reset is pressed  Horn Timeout has elapsed 16. NT InteliCompact . See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches.1.1.4.4. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches. ©ComAp – May 2015 255 .12 Binary output: Fault Reset Related All applications Description The output is a copy of Fault Reset button on controller and binary input FaultResButton.13 Binary output: GCB Close/Open Related All applications Description This output is to be used for a contactor control in case a contactor is used in the GCB position.16 Binary output: GCB UV Coil Related All applications Description This output is to be used for opening the generator circuit breaker via the undervoltage coil.11 Binary output: Horn Related All applications Description The output designed to be used for acoustic indication of a newly appeared alarm.4.14 Binary output: GCB ON Coil Related All applications Description This output is to be used for control of the ON coil of the generator circuit breaker.4.1. 16.4. SW version 2.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NOTE: Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power control through a governor. The outputs are also used for direct control of a gas throttle at asynchronous gen-sets. where the governor does not support analog control.pdf.4. SW version 2.1. where the governor does not support analog control.20 Binary output: AVR Down Related All applications Description This output together with the complementary output AVR Up is designed for voltage and power factor control at gen-sets.4. 16. 16. 16.4. NOTE: Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power factor control. NOTE: Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power control through a governor.16.1. The outputs are also used for direct control of a gas throttle at asynchronous gen-sets.17 Binary output: Speed Up Related All applications Description This output together with the complementary output Speed Down is designed for speed and power control at gen-sets. ©ComAp – May 2015 256 . where the AVR does not support analog control.19 Binary output: AVR Up Related All applications Description This output together with the complementary output AVR Down is designed for voltage and power factor control at gen-sets.1. NOTE: Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power factor control.1-Reference Guide.4. where the AVR does not support analog control.1.18 Binary output: Speed Down Related All applications Description This output together with the complementary output Speed Up is designed for speed and power control at gen-sets. NT InteliCompact .

27 Binary output: AnalogSwitch 2 Related All applications Description This is an output from the Analog switch 2.22 Binary output: Synchronizing Related All applications Description The output is closed during forward or reverse synchronizing. Details about conditions when the GCB can be closed are available in the chapter Connecting to the load. 16. It remains active until stop command is issued.4.23 Binary output: Running Related All applications Description The output is designed to be used as an indication that the gen-set is running.1-Reference Guide.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 257 . NT InteliCompact .1. It is activated at the moment the gen-set has been started and the idle period has elapsed.4.1.24 Binary output: Loaded Related All applications Description The output is closed whenever the GCB is closed except the unloading phase prior to opening the GCB. SW version 2.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.4. 16.4.21 Binary output: Ready To Load Related All applications Description The output is closed whenever the GCB is closed or can be closed.1. 16.pdf.4.1. 16.4.26 Binary output: AnalogSwitch 1 Related All applications Description This is an output from the Analog switch 1. 16.1.25 Binary output: Unloading Related All applications Description The output is closed during the unloading phase (ramping the power down) prior to opening the GCB. 16.4.16. More detailed description is available in the chapter Parallel to mains operation.

1-Reference Guide. It is deactivated:  immediately when the voltage/frequency gets out of limits (when GCB is not closed) or  with an appropriate delay after the voltage/frequency has got out of limits (when GCB is closed) The limits for under/overvoltage.4. SW version 2.1.1.4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4.31 Binary output: Yellow Alarm Related All applications Description Yellow Alarm is active when AL Common Wrn is active.4.4. under/overfrequency and voltage unbalance as well as appropriate delays can be found in the Gener protect setpoint group.pdf.28 Binary output: AnalogSwitch 3 Related All applications Description This is an output from the Analog switch 3.1.1.16. ©ComAp – May 2015 258 . 16.4. 16. 16.1.29 Binary output: Ctrl HeartBeat Related All applications Description This output toggles on/off in a period of 500 ms whenever the controller is switched on and functional.33 Binary output: Mode OFF Related All applications Description This output is active whenever the controller is in OFF mode. 16. NT InteliCompact .32 Binary output: Red Alarm Related All applications Description Red Alarm is active when either AL Common Sd or AL Common Stp or AL Common BOC is active.1. 16.30 Binary output: Gen Healthy Related All applications Description This output is active when the generator voltage and frequency is within limits.

1. See also setpoint #Neutral cont.1.34 Binary output: Mode MAN Related All applications Description This output is active whenever the controller is in MAN mode. 16.39 Binary output: Neutral CB C/O Related All applications Description Neutral Circuit Breaker Close/Open output controls the generator Neutral circuit breaker.4.35 Binary output: Mode AUT Related All applications Description This output is active whenever the controller is in AUT mode. ©ComAp – May 2015 259 .1.1. 16.4. 16. This output makes it easy to make periodic tests of the gen-set and its activation depends on the setpoints in the Date/time group.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.36 Binary output: Exerc Timer 1 Related All applications Description This is an output from the Exercise timer 1. Its behaviour depends on setpoints in Date/time group.4.37 Binary output: Exerc Timer 2 Related All applications Description This is an output from the Exercise timer 2. 16.38 Binary output: Power Switch Related All applications Description This is an output from the Power switch function.4.16. NT InteliCompact .pdf.1-Reference Guide.1. SW version 2.4. 16.1.4. It is intended for contactors – provides a continual active signal if Neutral CB should be closed.

but the communication with the ECU is not established or has dropped out.4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.No BOC and SD alarms are active and .e. 16. short current etc.4.1.) .1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact . SW version 2. FAULT RESET is pressed 16.16.1.pdf.2 Binary output: ECU Comm Error Related All applications Description This output is active when an ECU is configured. i. 16. 16.2.4. connected and the communication with the ECU is established.4.4. This flag is taken from the DM1 frame on standard J1939 ECUs. it has detected a non-critical malfunction.1 Binary output: ECU Comm OK Related All applications Description This output is active when an ECU is configured. ©ComAp – May 2015 260 .a fast opening of the GCB occurs due to any error (overcurrent.4.41 Binary output: kWh pulse Related All applications Description This output generates a 100 ms pulse whenever the internal kWh counter is incremented.2.2 ECU info 16.2.any BOC or SD alarm appears or Emergency Stop is active It opens if: .3 Binary output: ECU YellowLamp Related All applications Description This output is active when the ECU sends an active “yellow lamp” flag.40 Binary output: Breaker Trip Related All applications Description The output is designed for auxiliary breaker tripping. The output closes if: . Some ECUs provide this flag in their own proprietary frames and some do not provide the flag at all.

If the particular ECU does not have keyswitch or a similar input. it can be used for control of DC power for the ECU. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 261 . 16. Binary Outputs ECU Power Relay On ECU Power Relay Wrn ECU Comm Off Evaluated Maximum Cranking Time Cranking Fail Pause Engine RPM Starter On Starter Off Prestart On Prestart Off Prestart Time Cranking Fail Pause Engine is running Start Starting RPM Time ECU COMMUNICATION ERROR EVALUATION NT InteliCompact .pdf. it has detected a critical malfunction and the engine should not be operated until a service check is performed. Some ECUs provide this flag in their own proprietary frames and some do not provide the flag at all.1-Reference Guide.e. See the picture below for futher detail on how Wrn Ecu Comm is evaluated. i.2.16. This flag is taken from the DM1 frame on standard J1939 ECUs. together with the Fuel Solenoid).1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4.4 Binary output: ECU RedLamp Related All applications Description This output is active when the ECU sends an active “red lamp” flag. It is opened at the moment that the engine comes to a stop (i.e.2.4.5 Binary output: ECU PowerRelay Related All applications Description This output is to be used for control of “keyswitch” input of an ECU. The output closes together with Prestart and remains closed for the entire duration that the engine is running.

7 Binary output: AL Overload Related All applications Description This output is active when the overload alarm is present in the alarmlist.4.3 Binary output: AL Overcurrent Related All applications Description This output is active when the generator overcurrent or short current alarm is present in the alarmlist.3. 16.3.Freq Related All applications Description This output is active when the generator under/overvoltage.3. 16.1 Binary output: AL Gen Volts Related All applications Description This output is active when the generator under.or overfrequency alarm is present in the alarmlist.6 Binary output: AL Underspeed Related All applications Description This output is active when the underspeed alarm is present in the alarmlist. 16.3 Alarm mirrors 16.4.16.4.4.3. 16.3.5 Binary output: AL Overspeed Related All applications Description This output is active when the overspeed alarm is present in the alarmlist.3.4.1-Reference Guide.3. 16.2 Binary output: AL Gen Freq Related All applications Description This output is active when the generator under.4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2.pdf.or overvoltage alarm is present in the alarmlist.4. 16. under/overfrequency or voltage unbalance alarm is present in the alarmlist. NT InteliCompact .4.4 Binary output: AL Gen V. ©ComAp – May 2015 262 .

4.4.11 Binary output: AL Sync Fail Related All applications Description This output is active when the Sync Timeout or RevSyncTimeout is present in the alarmlist. 16.3.1-Reference Guide.4. 16.4.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16.3. 16. NT InteliCompact .3. 16.4.10 Binary output: AL Stop Fail Related All applications Description This output is active when the stop fail alarm is present in the alarmlist.9 Binary output: AL Start Fail Related All applications Description This output is active when the start fail alarm is present in the alarmlist.4. ©ComAp – May 2015 263 . 16.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.13 Binary output: AL Earth Fault Related All applications Description This output is active when Earth Fault Current alarm is present in alarm list (extension module IC-NT CT-BIO7 is needed).14 Binary output: BI1 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the controller.8 Binary output: AL Reverse Pwr Related All applications Description This output is active when the reverse power alarm is present in the alarmlist. the output copies directly the status of the input.16. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.3.12 Binary output: AL Batt Volt Related All applications Description This output is active when the Battery voltage or Battery flat is present in the alarmlist. SW version 2.3.pdf.4.3.3.

3.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.4.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16. 16.17 Binary output: BI4 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the controller. the output copies directly the status of the input.3.16 Binary output: BI3 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the controller. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.3.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output copies directly the status of the input.3.19 Binary output: BI6 Status Related All applications NT InteliCompact .4. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.4.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. ©ComAp – May 2015 264 .  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. 16.16.3.1-Reference Guide.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.18 Binary output: BI5 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the controller.15 Binary output: BI2 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the controller.pdf.4.4. the output copies directly the status of the input. the output copies directly the status of the input. 16. SW version 2.

SW version 2. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.23 Binary output: IOM BI1 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module.Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the controller.21 Binary output: BI8 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the controller.3.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. 16. NT InteliCompact .pdf. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.3.20 Binary output: BI7 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the controller.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.22 Binary output: BI9 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 9 of the controller.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. 16.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.4. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.4.3.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. the output copies directly the status of the input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. 16.4.4. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. the output copies directly the status of the input. the output copies directly the status of the input. ©ComAp – May 2015 265 . 16.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.3. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.

16. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. SW version 2. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. ©ComAp – May 2015 266 .25 Binary output: IOM BI3 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module.16.4.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.4.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.pdf. 16.27 Binary output: IOM BI5 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the extension IOM/PTM module. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.1-Reference Guide.3.3.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.4. 16. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.3.24 Binary output: IOM BI2 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.26 Binary output: IOM BI4 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module. the output copies directly the status of the input.3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. NT InteliCompact .4.

 If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.3.16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.30 Binary output: IOM BI8 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the extension IOM/PTM module.3.1-Reference Guide. 16.3.4.pdf. 16. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.3. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. ©ComAp – May 2015 267 .  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.4.29 Binary output: IOM BI7 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the extension IOM/PTM module. 16. the output copies directly the status of the input.31 Binary output: ExtBI 1 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the extension module.4. SW version 2. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output copies directly the status of the input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.4. the output copies directly the status of the input.28 Binary output: IOM BI6 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the extension IOM/PTM module. NT InteliCompact .  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.

3. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.4.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16.3. the output copies directly the status of the input. SW version 2. ©ComAp – May 2015 268 .33 Binary output: ExtBI 3 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the extension module.35 Binary output: ExtBI 5 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the extension module. the output copies directly the status of the input.16. 16. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. the output copies directly the status of the input.4. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.4.32 Binary output: ExtBI 2 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the extension module.pdf. NT InteliCompact .34 Binary output: ExtBI 4 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the extension module.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. 16.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.3.3. the output copies directly the status of the input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.4.

16.  If the related binary input is configured as functional.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. 16.1-Reference Guide.3.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.4.4.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input.16.  If the related binary input is configured as functional. the output copies directly the status of the input.3. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist. the output copies directly the status of the input. ©ComAp – May 2015 269 . 16. 16.4.3. SW version 2. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.38 Binary output: ExtBI 8 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the extension module. the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.40 Binary output: AL AI2 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 2 of the controller present in the alarmlist.4.3.  If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input. the output copies directly the status of the input.pdf.4.37 Binary output: ExtBI 7 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the extension module.3.36 Binary output: ExtBI 6 Status Related All applications Description This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the extension module. NT InteliCompact .39 Binary output: AL AI1 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 1 of the controller present in the alarmlist.

NT InteliCompact .3. 16.4.3.4.1-Reference Guide. 16.4.42 Binary output: AL AI1 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 1 of the controller present in the alarmlist. 16.3.46 Binary output: AL IOM AI2 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist. ©ComAp – May 2015 270 .1 InteliCompact-NT-2.47 Binary output: AL IOM AI3 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist. 16. SW version 2.pdf. 16.4.45 Binary output: AL IOM AI1 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.4.4.4.41 Binary output: AL AI3 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 3 of the controller present in the alarmlist.16.44 Binary output: AL AI3 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 3 of the controller present in the alarmlist.3.3. 16.43 Binary output: AL AI2 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 2 of the controller present in the alarmlist.3.3.

4.4. ©ComAp – May 2015 271 .3.51 Binary output: AL IOM AI3 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.4.54 Binary output: AL Common Sd Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is any shutdown type alarm present in the alarmlist.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16.16.48 Binary output: AL IOM AI4 Yel Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.3.3.49 Binary output: AL IOM AI1 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.3. 16.4. 16. 16.3.1-Reference Guide. 16. SW version 2. NT InteliCompact .53 Binary output: AL Common Wrn Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is any warning type alarm present in the alarmlist.4. 16.52 Binary output: AL IOM AI4I Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.4.pdf.50 Binary output: AL IOM AI2 Red Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.3.4.3.

4 MINT specific 16. NT InteliCompact . It is active when the generator Excitation Loss alarm is present in the alarm list.3.4. If the output is open.1-Reference Guide. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 272 . It is deactivated with an appropriate delay after the voltage/frequency has got out of limits.4. if a red alarm occurs on one gen-set and there is no other gen-set available to start instead of the stopped one. It will open i.4. This output should be normally closed while the group works in automatic power management mode.58 Binary output: AL Exct Loss Related All applications Description This output gives the information about the status of the excitation loss protection. 16.2 Binary output: System Ready Related MINT applications Description This output is closed if the gen-set group is able to take the current load and keep the reserve greater than the currently selected reserve for start.4.16. The limits for under/overvoltage and under/overfrequency as well as appropriate delays are the same as for generator voltage/frequency and can be found in the Gener protect setpoint group.3.4.pdf.e.57 Binary output: AL Common Fls Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is any sensor fail alarm present in the alarmlist.4. it means the whole gen-set group is overloaded.4.3.4. 16. 16.55 Binary output: AL Common Stp Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is any slow stop type alarm present in the alarmlist.1 Binary output: Bus Healthy Related MINT applications Description This output is active when the bus voltage and frequency are within limits.3.4.56 Binary output: AL Common BOC Related All applications Description The output is closed when there is any BOC type alarm present in the alarmlist.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. SW version 2. 16.

3 Binary output: SystReserve OK Related MINT applications Description The output is closed while the Actual Reserve is greater than the currently selected reserve for start.4.4 Binary output: EnginesSwapped Related MINT applications Description The output is activated by the master controller for 100 ms pulse when the priority of two gen-sets was swapped by the Running Hours Equalization function (setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff).1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16.4.1 Binary output: MCB Close/Open Related SPtM applications Description This output is to be used for a contactor control in case a contactor is used in the MCB position. ©ComAp – May 2015 273 . See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches.1-Reference Guide.pdf. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches.5.5.4.5.4.4. 16. NOTE: This output does not provide information that the reserve is already reached. SW version 2. 16.4. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches.4. It only gives information that there is enough capacity within the gen-set group to reach the reserve.3 Binary output: MCB OFF Coil Related SPtM applications Description This output is to be used for control of the OFF coil of the mains circuit breaker.5 SPtM specific 16. NT InteliCompact .2 Binary output: MCB ON Coil Related SPtM applications Description This output is to be used for control of the ON coil of the mains circuit breaker. 16. 16.4.

1 Alarm: Emergency Stop Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Emergency Stop Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Use red emergency button placed on the switchboard door and connect it to a binary input of the controller. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs available for generator/mains power switches. 16.4.5.pdf.5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide. i.5.7 Binary output: Mains Fail Related SPtM applications Description This output is active while mains failure is detected.5.16. the mains are healthy.4.8 Binary output: Mode TEST Related All applications Description This output is active whenever the controller is in TEST mode.5 Table of internal alarms 16.e. Then configure the function Emergency Stop NT InteliCompact . 16. 16.5 Binary output: Ready To AMF Related SPtM applications Description The output is closed if the gen-set is ready to start automatically and take the load if the mains fails.4.5.4. i. SW version 2.1.4.:  the gen-set is not running and  the controller is in AUT mode and  no red alarm is present in the alarmlist 16.e. ©ComAp – May 2015 274 .4 Binary output: MCB UV Coil Related SPtM applications Description This output is to be used for control of the undervoltage coil of the mains circuit breaker.5.6 Binary output: Mains Healthy Related SPtM applications Description This output is active while mains failure is not detected. 16.

2 Alarm: Engine overspeed Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Overspeed Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm occurs immediately when the engine speed has exceeded the limit adjusted by the setpoint Overspeed Sd. It is recommended to use NC contact of the button.3 Alarm: Engine underspeed Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Underspeed Alarm evaluated Engine running only Related All applications Description This alarm will be issued when the gen-set is running and then stops by itself. NT InteliCompact .1-Reference Guide.5. See chapter Speed sensing to learn more about methods of speed measurement. to this binary input. 16.1.4 Alarm: Start Fail Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Start Fail Alarm evaluated When the gen-set is being started Related All applications Description This alarm will be issued after all attempts to start the gen-set (setpoint Crank Attempts) have run out but the gen-set did not start. the RPM drops under the value of setpoint Starting RPM.pdf. 16. The underspeed alarm starts to be evaluated 5 after successful gen-set start and is being evaluated for the entire time that the fuel solenoid is on.5. i. ©ComAp – May 2015 275 .1. SW version 2. See also Engine start chapter. 16. There is no delay for this alarm. The gen-set shuts down in the moment the input is activated and starting is blocked until the input is deactivated and fault reset is pressed.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. NOTE: The MCB control is not affected by this alarm.5. NOTE: The gen-set cannot be started again until this alarm is reset.1.e.

although some of additional running engine indication sources indicate that the engine has started. ENGINE STOP ENGINE START STARTER FUEL SOLENOID Stop time Stop fail alarm is evaluated here See the chapter Cool down and stop to learn more about symptoms that are taken into account for the evaluation of stopped engine.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.5.1. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 276 .1. The period when the gen-set shall be stopped begins after the fuel has been switched off and time delay Stop time has elapsed and lasts for the entire time the fuel resp.1-Reference Guide. NT InteliCompact .pdf.6 Alarm: RPM measurement failure Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Sd RPMMeasFail Alarm evaluated During cranking Related All applications Description The alarm is issued if the engine speed has not exceeded the Starting RPM within the MaxCrank Time. SW version 2. but some symptom indicates that it is not stopped. starter motor are off.16.5.5 Alarm: Stop fail Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist Stop fail message Alarm While the engine shall be stopped evaluated Related All applications Description This alarm occurs if the gen-set shall be stopped. NOTE: The gen-set cannot be started until this alarm is inactive and reset.

pdf. The output MCB Close/Open will stay deactivated.1-Reference Guide. ©ComAp – May 2015 277 . the command to reclose the breaker is issued after delay given by the setpoint MainsReturnDel has elapsed.8 Alarm: MCB Fail Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message MCB Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related SPtM applications Description This alarm will occur when the MCB feedback input does not match the expected position given by the MCB Close/Open output. the alarm will be issued immediately.5. SW version 2.  The alarm will be also issued.16.  If there was no command issued by the controller and the breaker (feedback) changes suddenly the position itself.  Self-opening of the breaker is not considered a fault and if all mains values are within limits. It stays active until the mismatch between the output and feedback disappears.  If there was no command issued by the controller and the breaker (feedback) changes suddenly the position itself.7 Alarm: GCB Fail Alarm type BOC Alarmlist message GCB Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm will occur when the GCB feedback input does not match the expected position given by the GCB Close/Open output. Closing of GCB is blocked until this alarm becomes inactive.5. After this period has elapsed the output MCB Close/Open is deactivated again and the next attempt to close the breaker will occur first after the alarm is reset.  The alarm will be also issued if the breaker does not respond to an open or close command within 2 seconds. if the breaker does not respond to the close command within 2 seconds.1. NT InteliCompact .1.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. the alarm will be issued immediately. It stays active until the mismatch between the output and feedback persists.  The alarm will be also issued if the breaker does not respond to the open command within 2 seconds. 16. If synchronizing is disabled (binary input ForwSyncDisabl is active) the maximum allowed reaction time is increased to 5.  If reverse synchronizing is disabled (binary input RevSyncDisable is active) the maximal allowed reaction time is increased to 5.

NT InteliCompact .5.10 Alarm: Reverse synchronization timeout Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message RevSyncTimeout Alarm evaluated During MCB synchronization only Related SPtM applications Description If the synchronization of MCB (reverse synchronization) is not successful within a time period adjusted by the setpoint Sync Timeout. the gen-set will be cooled down and stopped. 16. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.16.  Overload Del adjusts the delay. ©ComAp – May 2015 278 . this alarm will be issued.11 Alarm: Generator overload Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Overload Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description The behaviour of the overload alarm is adjusted by the following setpoints:  Overload BOC adjusts the overload limit.1.9 Alarm: Forward synchronization timeout Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message Sync Timeout Alarm evaluated During GCB synchronization only Related All applications Description If the synchronization of GCB (forward synchronization) is not successful within a time period adjusted by the setpoint Sync Timeout. SW version 2.1.1.pdf.5.1-Reference Guide. The alarm is issued when the gen-set power is over the limit for time period longer than the delay. this alarm will be issued and the gen-set will remain in island operation.5. A new attempt of reverse synchronization can be initiated as soon as the alarm is reset.

NT InteliCompact .  Gen <V BOC adjusts the undervoltage limit.  Gen V Del adjusts the alarm delay.1-Reference Guide. The following setpoints are related to it:  Gen >V Sd adjusts the overvoltage limit. SW version 2.  ReversePwr Del adjusts the delay.  Volt Unbal Del adjusts the alarm delay. i.5.1. 16. The following setpoints are related to this alarm:  ReversePwr BOC adjusts the negative kW limit for this alarm.13 Alarm: Generator under/overvoltage Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Gen Lx >V.pdf.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 279 . 16. NOTE: The generator voltage must be within limits to enable closing of GCB or starting of synchronization.14 Alarm: Generator voltage unbalance Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Volt Unbal Alarm evaluated Generator excited only Related All applications Description This alarm evaluates the unbalance of the phase voltages.12 Alarm: Generator reverse power Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC ReversePwr Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm protects the gen-set running parallel to mains or other gen-sets against the situation.5.e.16.1. BOC Gen Lx <V Alarm evaluated Generator excited only Related All applications Description This alarm evaluates the generator phase voltage in all three phases. The following setpoints are related to it:  Volt Unbal BOC adjusts the maximum allowed difference between the highest and lowest phase voltage at any given time.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. when the engine loses power and becomes to be driven by the generator acting as an electric motor supplied from the mains or other gen-sets.5. difference between highest and lowest phase voltage at any given time.

All generator phases are evaluated.  Gen <Freq BOC adjusts the underfrequency limit.5.1-Reference Guide.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16. BOC Gen <Freq Alarm evaluated Generator excited only Related All applications Description This alarm evaluates the generator frequency in the phase L3. SW version 2. where the alarm starts to be evaluated.16.16 Alarm: Generator IDMT overcurrent Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Overcurrnt Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description The overcurrent alarm is based on IDMT principle. The nominal current level. The behaviour of the overcurrent alarm is adjusted by the following setpoint:  Amps IDMT Del which defines the reaction time of the protection when the current is twice the amount of nominal value. NT InteliCompact . The higher is the overcurrent. The reaction time of an IDMT alarm is not fixed.5.15 Alarm: Generator under/overfrequency Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Gen >Freq. the shorter the reaction time will be. is given by Nomin Current. The following setpoints are related to it:  Gen >Freq BOC adjusts the overfrequency limit.1. but depends on how much is the protected value (generator current in this case) above the limit (nominal current). NOTE: The generator voltage must be within limits to enable closing of GCB or starting of synchronization.  Gen Freq Del adjusts the alarm delay.1. ©ComAp – May 2015 280 . The reaction time is infinite at this point.pdf.

0 1.3 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 281 . SW version 2.BASE 1.7 2Nom delay setpoint: 5 s 1.8 6.0 1.1-Reference Guide.18 Alarm: Generator current unbalance Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC Amps Unbal Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm evaluates the unbalance of the phase currents.3 50.1 60.7 7.7 2.6 8.6 3.5 3. NT InteliCompact .  Short Crct Del adjusts the delay in fine steps. the difference between highest and lowest phase current at any given time.e.0 1.0 2.5 3.0 2. Multiple of base Reaction time level 1.5 2.0 ∞ 2NOM_DEL * BASE REACTION TIME = 1.9 2.0 2.6 3.1.4 12.5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.5.1 4.0 IDMT reaction time 1.0 5.2 25.8 2.1 1.0 2.2 4.8 20.pdf.17 Alarm: Generator short current Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC ShortCrct Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This is a fast overcurrent protection.8 Multiple of base level 2.6 10. i.3 0.5 1.0 2.  Amps Unbal Del adjusts the alarm delay.1.0 2.5 IDMT reaction time example (2Nom delay adjusted to 5 ) 16. The following setpoints are related to this alarm:  Short Crct BOC adjusts the short current limit.9 2.1 50.6 Reaction time [s] 2. 16.5 10.0 1.0 2.9 5.3 1.5 30.2 2.0 ACTUAL .0 40.4 3.0 2.3 3. The following setpoints are related to it:  Amps Unbal BOC adjusts the maximum allowed difference between the highest and lowest phase current at any given time.

The value of the setpoint will count down while the engine is running and if reaches zero. This alarm works similar to the red “battery” alarm indicator on a vehicle dashboard. Mains CCW Rot Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description The controller detects phase sequence on both generator and mains/bus voltage terminals. It will continue to count down to negative values and the alarm message will remain in the alarm list (even if the controller is switched off and on again) until the setpoint is re-adjusted to a positive value.g.19 Alarm: Phase sequence Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Gen CCW Rot. SW version 2.5. These alarms prevent circuit breaker closing.16.20 Alarm: Maintenance timer Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message WrnMaintenance Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Adjust the setpoint WrnMaintenance to the interval of the next maintenance check.5. There is a fixed defined phase NT sequence in InteliCompact controller: L1. NT InteliCompact . The setpoint D+ Function has to be in CHRGFAIL or ENABLED position to enable this alarm.1. 16. L3) alarms are detected. L2 and L3.1-Reference Guide. L1. this alarm will be issued. L2 or L2. L3. When the phases are connected in a different order (e.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1.1. L1.5.pdf. These protections are important after controller installation to avoid wrong voltage phase connection. ©ComAp – May 2015 282 . 16.21 Alarm: Charging alternator fail Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn ChrgAltFail Alarm evaluated Engine running only Related All applications Description This alarm is issued if the engine is running and the voltage on the D+ terminal is lower than 80% of the controller supply voltage.

1.23 Alarm: Governor output at limit Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn SpdRegLim Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm will be issued if the governor output has 0V or 10V for more than 2.25 Alarm: Battery flat Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd BatteryFlat Alarm evaluated During cranking Related All applications Description This alarm will be issued if the controller was reset during cranking of the gen-set. ©ComAp – May 2015 283 .1. This situation can occur. 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. The following setpoints are related to it:  Batt Undervolt adjusts the low voltage limit.1.24 Alarm: AVR output at limit Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn AVRregLim Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm will be issued if the governor output has 0% or 100% for more than 2 .  Batt Overvolt adjusts the high voltage limit. for example.16. This situation can occur.5.pdf. 16.1. If this situation occurs. if the connection of the AVRi output to the AVR is not correct.22 Alarm: Battery voltage Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn Batt Volt Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm informs the operator that the controller supply voltage is too low or too high.5. 16.  Batt Volt Del adjusts the alarm delay. the controller supposes the starting battery is so exhausted that its voltage drops so low when starter motor is energized that it causes controller reset. SW version 2.5. if the Speed Gov Char setpoint is in the wrong position or if the connection of the governor output to the governor is not correct. for example.1-Reference Guide.5. NT InteliCompact .

16.28 Alarm: Low Fuel Level 2 Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message Stp Fuel Level Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the fuel level is lower than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Fuel Level). NT InteliCompact . 16.27 Alarm: Low Fuel Level 1 Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn Fuel Level Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the fuel level is lower than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Fuel Level).1-Reference Guide.1.pdf.26 Alarm: Low BackupBatt Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message LowBackupBatt Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the internal backup battery needs to be replaced.5. SW version 2.1.5.1.29 Alarm: High Water Temperature 1 Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn Water Temp Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the water temperature is higher than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Water Temp).5. ©ComAp – May 2015 284 . 16.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.5.16.1.

5.31 Alarm: Low Oil Pressure 1 Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn Oil Press Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the oil pressure is lower than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Oil Press).16.33 Alarm: Engine Stop Fail Alarm type Warning/Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Stop Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Engine stop fail indication.5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.1.30 Alarm: High Water Temperature 2 Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Water Temp Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the water temperature is higher than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Water Temp).32 Alarm: Low Oil Pressure 2 Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Oil Press Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm indicates that the oil pressure is lower than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Oil Press).5. NOTE: “Still engine” conditions: – Engine speed (RPM) = 0 and – AI: Oil press < Starting POil and – D+ terminal is not active and – BI: RunIndication 1 and 2 and 3 are not active and – Generator voltage < 15 V (in all phases) and – Generator frequency = 0 Hz NT InteliCompact .5.1. SW version 2.1. Stop fail means that the engine does not reach “still engine” state within Engine params: Stop time.pdf. 16.1. 16. ©ComAp – May 2015 285 . 16.

1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16.1.1.36 Alarm: Fuel Theft Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn FuelTheft Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm occurs when the fuel level value measured at relevant AI (Fuel Level) drops faster than is the limit adjusted by setpoint MaxFuelDrop.5. 16. If all these conditions are fulfilled. potential direct closing of GCB while the controller’s bus conductors are unintentionally unplugged from the terminals. a) Wrong connection between breaker feedback signals and controller binary input. b) Wrong breaker signal logic or breaker signal feedback signal logic.1. SW version 2.34 Alarm: Bus power loss sensing Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Bus Measure Error Alarm evaluated All the time Related MINT applications Description The “Bus Measure Error” is detected in MINT application when the voltage on the controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed. the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons. 16.1.5.pdf. This protection can avoid e.g. additional 2 delays are used to confirm “still engine” state. 16.37 Alarm: Earth Fault Current Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message SdEarthFltCurr Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications NT InteliCompact . ©ComAp – May 2015 286 .35 Alarm: NCB fail Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC NCB fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Neutral Circuit Breaker (NCB) Failure was detected.5.5. However. The alarm is activated after 20 s.1-Reference Guide.

1-Reference Guide. The alarm activates binary output AL Earth Fault. ©ComAp – May 2015 287 .5.pdf.5.1.5.40 Alarm: IOM Fail Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd IOM Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Communication error between the controller and extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM. 16.Description This alarm indicates that the value of earth current EarthFaultCurr is higher than the setpoint EarthFault Sd and EarthFaulth Del delay has elapsed. This alarm indicates that the value of negative kVAr is higher than the setpoint ExcitationLoss and ExctLoss Del delay has elapsed. SW version 2.1.1.41 Alarm: RA Fail Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn RA Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Communication error between the controller and extension module IGL- RA15.5.1 InteliCompact-NT-2. 16. This alarm activates AL Exct Loss binary output.1.5.1.42 Alarm: Bad Power Configuration Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn BadPwrCfg NT InteliCompact . 16.38 Alarm: Excitation Lost Alarm type Breaker open & cool down Alarmlist message BOC ExctLoss Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Loss of excitation is based on measurement of negative kVAr.39 Alarm: Override Alarm type Shutdown Alarmlist message Sd Override Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm occurs when binary input Sd Override is activated. 16. 16.

©ComAp – May 2015 288 .1.5. See Inteli Communication Guide for information about active calls and SMS/E-mail group of setpoints for setting.1 InteliCompact-NT-2.5.Alarm evaluated All the time Related MINT applications Description This alarm occurs when at least two or more controllers in MINT have a different power decimals setting. 16.pdf. 16.1.5. NT InteliCompact .44 Alarm: ECU Communication Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn ECU Comm Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm occurs when an ECU is configured.1.46 Alarm: WrnTstOnLdFail Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message WrnTstOnLdFail Alarm evaluated All the time Related SPtM applications Description The alarm occurs if there is a non-zero mains current if the Load Ramp time elapsed during unloading. SW version 2.5. CH2Fail. CH3Fail Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description Indication of unsuccessful active call 1-3.1-Reference Guide. 16.1. but the communication with the ECU is not established or has dropped out.43 Alarm: ECU Alarm Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message Wrn ECU Alarm Alarm evaluated All the time Related All applications Description This alarm occurs when an error is logged in ECU Alarm List. 16.45 Alarm: Active Call Fail Alarm type Warning Alarmlist message ActiveCallCH1Fail.